Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Incitec Pivot Limited

Incitec Pivot Limited

ipl · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ipl
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Incitec Pivot Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2011ANNUAL RepoRt 2011

StRAteRAteRA GY oN tRACK AND DeLIVeRING

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

Lausanne
Tirana
Tirana
Tirana
Bucharest
Ankara
Soma

Linyi (Fabchem)
New Delhi
Hong Kong

SOUTH
AFRICA

Johannesburg (SASOL)
Johannesburg (DetNet)

TKEB
Arkon
Martabe
Adaro
Jakarta

Port Hedland
Mt Isa
Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie
Perth
Port Adelaide
Portland

PAPUA
NEW GUINEA

Binungan, Lati
Binungan, Lati
Binungan, Lati
& Sambarata
& Sambarata
Lihir

INDONESIA

AUSTRALIA

Moranbah
Moranbah
Townsville
Townsville
Townsville
Townsville

MouraMouraMouraMoura
(Queensland Nitrates)
(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island
Helidon
Kooragang Island
Kooragang Island

Melbourne
Geelong
Geelong
Geelong
Devonport
Devonport
Devonport

“Incitec Pivot’s strategy is 

to leverage value from the 
industrialisation and urbanisation 
of Asia by positioning ourselves 
on the input side of the value 
chain for both hard and soft 
commodities, that is, in  
explosives and fertilisers.”
John C Watson AM
Chairman

Incitec Pivot Limited

Company Headquarters

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution

Nitromak

Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution

Dyno Nobel

Southern Cross International

Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Joint Ventures/Investments

Corporate Office
Manufacturing
Quantum Joint Venture

CANADA

USA

MEXICO

LATIN

AMERICA

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

SOUTH

AFRICA

PAPUA

NEW GUINEA

INDONESIA

AUSTRALIA

Calgary
Louisiana
St Helens

Salt Lake City
Cheyenne
Carthage
Wolf Lake

Dinamita

CANADA

USA

MEXICO

Boisbriand
North Bay
Maitland
Ormstown
Simsbury
Port Ewen
Donora
Duffield
Savannah
Graham

LATIN
AMERICA

La Serena
Santiago

Contents

Chairman’s Report  

Managing Director’s Report  

Board of Directors  

Executive Team 

Directors’ Report 
–  Remuneration Report 
–  Corporate Governance  
  Statement 

Financial Report  

2

4

6

7

8 
13 

31

41

Explosives

Fertilisers

Trading

Customers in the mining, 
quarry, construction, pipeline 
and geophysical exploration 
industries trust Dyno Nobel, a 
global leader in the commercial 
explosives industry, to deliver 
Groundbreaking Performance 
through Practical Innovation. 

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers is a  
key supplier of Australia’s soil 
health and nutrition needs, 
helping farmers maximise 
productivity to remain 
competitive in global markets.

Southern Cross International  
is focussed on sales to  
Australian distributors and 
export sales to Asia Pacific,  
the Indian sub-continent 
and Latin America.

Chairman’s Report

I am pleased to report another successful 
year for Incitec Pivot. Despite a two-
speed Australian economy and mixed 
conditions globally, Incitec Pivot achieved 
an underlying growth in Net Profit After 
Tax, before individually material items 
(IMIs), of 20% to $530.1 million. A 
highlight of the result was the return 
to shareholders, including a full year 
dividend of 11.5 cents per share, a 47% 
increase on the 2010 dividend, and 
Earnings Per Share, before IMIs, rising 
19% to 32.5 cents per share.

Incitec Pivot’s strategy is to leverage 
value from the industrialisation and 
urbanisation of Asia by positioning 
ourselves on the input side of the value 
chain for both hard and soft commodities, 
that is, in explosives and fertilisers. 
Incitec Pivot achieves this with vertically 
integrated manufacturing through a 
multi-regional approach with customer 
aligned channels to market. 

This strategy is driven by a motivated 
senior management team whose 
disciplined execution focusses both on 
the “controllables” and on ensuring the 
impacts of the “uncontrollables”, such as 
weather conditions and the recent global 
economic crisis, are mitigated. 

Good management demands that 
the business is managed for the long-
term and, through the evolution of 
the strategy, we have addressed the 
“uncontrollables” and, to a large extent, 
mitigated their impacts on the business. 
The merger in 2003 of the Company, 
then southern Australian-based, with 
the northern-based Incitec Fertilizers, 
provided greater geographic spread 
to mitigate the impacts of localised 
weather conditions. The acquisition 
of Southern Cross Fertilisers in 2006, 
including the prized Phosphate Hill plant, 
mine and assets, continued the focus on 
manufacturing and moved the Group’s 
business further up the value chain. 
The creation of the trading businesses, 
Southern Cross International in 2007 and 
Quantum last year, provided the capacity 
to trade fertilisers on global markets 
and helped to manage the impacts of 
demand fluctuations in Australia. 

2

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

At the core of Incitec Pivot is our strong culture, 
underpinned by our Group’s Values. I see these values 
being lived across the many facets of our business.

The 2008 Dyno Nobel acquisition 
established our exposure to the global 
resources industry. 

As the Group has grown, debt financing 
risk has been actively managed following 
principles established under the Group’s 
comprehensive capital management 
strategy. The key principle of this Board 
endorsed strategy is a commitment 
to an investment grade credit profile, 
including a requirement for diversification 
of funding sources and a spread of debt 
maturities. The implementation of this 
strategy has resulted in an enviable 
outcome, including an average interest 
rate paid on our debt of 5.7%. 

In the past year, risk mitigation has also 
been evidenced by the steps taken to 
actively manage the volatility in the 
unprecedented Australia/United States 
currency exchange rates. Incitec Pivot’s 
hedging program delivered a benefit 
of $95 million through a transactional 
Australian dollar exchange rate of  
US$0.91 in 2011 which was US$0.12 
better than the average spot rate. For 
2012, Incitec Pivot continues to actively 
manage currency risk and we have 
significant cover in place for 2012 and 
a foundation level of cover for the 2013 
financial year. In recognition of the 
Treasury Team’s outstanding performance, 
they were named Corporate Treasury 
Team of the Year at the 2011 CFO 
Dealbook Awards.

In addition, throughout the years we 
have maintained focus on developing 
businesses that are “fit for purpose” for 
the economic environment, applying 
the disciplines of our business efficiency 
programs. This has been illustrated more 
recently through our Velocity program, 
which has delivered cumulative benefits  
of US$204 million as at the end of 2011, 
and also through our other business 
specific strategies, which have included 
realigning our channels to market, 
developing technological solutions 
for customers and applying rigorous 
maintenance programs to increase plant 
reliability and productivity. 

2012 will see Incitec Pivot embark  
on its next phase of continuous 
improvement, building from its strong 
disciplines applied in Velocity, and its 
predecessor, Tardis. This next phase, 
which is known as BEx, from “Business 
Excellence”, will transform the way  
Incitec Pivot does business and will  
drive long term and sustainable 
productivity improvement in the 
Group. BEx will introduce well known 
methodologies, such as Lean principles, 
which I have seen in operation when 
visiting some of our North American 
plants, and will empower all of our 
employees in continuous improvement 
– ultimately across every part of our 
international business.

August 2011 Board tour of Western Australian operations.

The IPL Group Values

Own.Breakout.Deliver embodies the 
Own.Breakout.Deliver embodies the 
Own.Breakout.Deliver
IPL Group’s Values which are at our 
core. They reflect the fairness and trust 
in which we believe and are the guiding 
principles which we draw upon in our  
day-to-day decision making.

We are also continuing to invest for the 
future where projects fit our strategic 
direction. By this time next year, our 
ammonium nitrate plant at Moranbah, in 
the Bowen Basin, will be in production 
and supplying our coal mining customers. 
Earlier this year, the Board visited 
Moranbah. It was pleasing to see the plant 
under construction and the development 
of the Moranbah community where we 
have built over 70 houses at a cost of $25 
million which means our people are part 
of the local community. Also, next year, 
we will start production from an emulsion 
plant at Port Hedland in the Pilbara which 
is currently under construction at a cost of 
$40 million, underpinning our customer 
relationships in Western Australia.

Additionally, we are pursuing 
debottlenecking and minor expansion 
opportunities in our existing plants, such 
as Phosphate Hill, where we are starting 
the development of a third phosphoric 
acid filter train, at a cost of $50 million, 
which will allow the processing of more 
varied rock feedstock and increase 
phosphoric acid production. 

In 2011, we continued our investment in 
our people, supporting their development 
and improving their leadership skills. 
In addition to BEx, we are making a 
substantial investment in leadership 
training for managers and supervisors, 
both in management and also in safety, 
which is the priority for everyone 
working at Incitec Pivot. It will remain 
a permanent priority, even beyond the 
time when our safety performance 
reaches our goal of Zero Harm. I know 
Zero Harm is possible – indeed the 
majority of our sites have been injury 
free for many years. Board members 
continue to visit the Group’s operations 

to reinforce the focus which must be 
maintained on safety. This year we 
visited operations in Australia, the US 
and in Canada where we met with 
employees, customers and community 
representatives and toured the 
operations as well as customers’ mine 
sites. In Canada, we were pleased to 
meet with the First Nations people in 
the North West Territories. We encourage 
close relationships with all Incitec Pivot 
communities such as residents and 
commercial neighbours around our 
plants and this year, in Australia, we saw 
with pride, the efforts of our employees 
at Gibson Island, in Brisbane, who 
volunteered their time and skill to 
assist in the flood recovery effort. 

Another priority for the Board and 
management is to encourage diversity, 
in gender, in culture and in ethnicity. 
We recognise that diversity will assist in 
fostering a broader range of talent in the 
Group which reflects the communities in 
which we operate. 

Earlier in the year I was pleased to 
announce that Rebecca McGrath had been 
appointed to the Board as a non-executive 
director. Rebecca was appointed following 
an extensive process, commencing with a 
review on the spread of skills, experience 
and expertise among the existing directors 
from which we identified those skills 
needed to complement the Board’s 
composition. We interviewed a number of 
high quality applicants and I am delighted 
that Rebecca accepted our invitation. 
Rebecca, who has had a long term career 
with BP, with experience in operational, 
marketing and commercial roles, has 
joined a Board which comprises people 
with broad experience and expertise. 
Rebecca’s appointment also adds to board 

diversity as she is the first female director 
to join the Board since 2005. Rebecca will 
stand for re-election at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting and the Board 
unanimously recommends her election 
by shareholders.

I would like to take this opportunity 
to thank my fellow directors for their 
contribution to Incitec Pivot’s strategic 
direction this year and for their ongoing 
commitment to the Group as it embarks 
on its next transformation through BEx. 
I want to pay tribute to our Managing 
Director & CEO, James, and the Executive 
Team, for their leadership and dedication, 
as well as our 5000 people who 
contributed this year to the success of 
the Group. The Board recognises that the 
Group’s performance is a direct reflection 
of the quality of our people and their 
ability to execute on the strategy. 

At the core of Incitec Pivot is our strong 
culture, underpinned by our Group’s 
Values. I see these values being lived 
across the many facets of our business, 
and with this culture, our disciplined 
approach to business, a clear strategy  
and strong management, I feel confident 
in the future. 

John C Watson AM
Chairman

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

3

Managing Director’s Report

We believe in taking control of our own destiny,  
and that BEx, our next phase of continuous 
improvement, will transform the Group.

slowly over the next few years. In the 
longer term, we are positive about the 
US given it remains the world’s largest 
economy by a factor of almost three. 

We remain committed to the strategy, 
with our portfolio approach to managing 
the business allowing us to balance risk 
and return.

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers’ 15% increase in 
EBIT to $128.8 million reflects a recovery 
in domestic fertiliser volumes and strong 
global fertiliser prices. Similarly, Southern 
Cross International’s EBIT increased 
by 46% to $323.9 million. We hold a 
positive long-term view on fertilisers 
with global world food demand and, 
in turn, agricultural commodity prices, 
set to rise at a multiple of global 
inflation, driven by the urbanisation and 
industrialisation of the developing world. 

The 2011 result reflects the actions 
we took in securing and strengthening 
the base business and sharpening our 
strategic focus. The balance sheet was 
strengthened by increasing the diversity 
and tenor of our debt with the Company 
successfully completing its second US 
144A bond issue raising US$500 million 
in December 2010 and refinancing our 
syndicated facility in April 2011. 

2011 saw a step change in leadership 
capability through the continued 
development of our leaders, with over 
a quarter of our people participating in 
leadership programs. We have made this 
investment in our people as independent 
research over many years shows clear 
leadership can create a positive climate 
with fully engaged employees which 
will result in outstanding performance, 
including, most importantly, in relation 
to safety. On surveying our organisational 
climate this year, I was pleased to learn 
that there was a 16% improvement in 
employee engagement across the Group. 
Our safety performance is improving 
with 83% of our sites injury free. At 
Moranbah, with our construction partners, 
we have achieved over 2.5 million man-
hours without a lost-time injury, which 
is world-class performance compared to 
the Australian benchmark of around half 

Moranbah ammonium nitrate manufacturing complex currently under construction (October 2011).

The 2011 full year result represents  
a strong performance by the Incitec 
Pivot team in successfully delivering  
on our strategy – in simple terms, to 
leverage the industrialisation of Asia, 
particularly China.

Net Profit After Tax, before individually 
material items (IMIs), was $530.1 
million, an increase of 20% or $87.3 
million on the financial results for 2010. 
Earnings Before Interest And Tax (EBIT) 
before IMIs improved to $772.1 million, 
compared with $648.3 million in 2010. 
In 2011, the benefit of Incitec Pivot’s 
strategic direction was realised with 
each of the businesses achieving double-
digit earnings growth: the explosives 
business achieved record earnings, with 
the fertilisers business recording a 34% 
increase in EBIT. 

In Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP), EBIT 
increased by 11% to $195.4 million, a 
record for this business. This result is 
even more satisfying in that it came 
despite the significant impact of adverse 
weather conditions in Australia in 
the first half. The outlook for DNAP is 
positive: the ammonium nitrate plant 
at Moranbah, Queensland, is due to 
commence commercial production 
by the third quarter in 2012 and the 
development of the emulsion plant  
at Port Hedland, Western Australia, is 
slated for commercial production this 
time next year.

Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) also 
achieved a record result with US dollar 
denominated earnings up 21% to 
US$179.4 million. Putting this into 
context, this is a commendable result, 
noting in 2007 earnings were US$131 
million at a time when US construction 
was at its peak. Since 2007, volumes in 
the quarry and construction segment, 
our most attractive market, have 
declined by over 40%. The result 
highlights the improvement in the 
quality of earnings and underlying cost 
base brought about by the Velocity 
efficiency program and a renewed 
focus on execution. DNA is now well 
positioned for when the US economy 
recovers, which we expect will occur 

4

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

a million hours. When I visit Moranbah 
and our other sites, it is clear to me that 
leadership at a site drives the culture  
and relentless focus on safety and  
Zero Harm. This makes me confident  
that our safety objectives are achievable 
and that we must “stay the course” on 
the safety journey.

While the 2011 result is good, we can  
do better. This is not only my view, 
it is also a view held by many of our 
employees, who, through the employee 
engagement survey earlier this year, 
expressed how important continuous 
improvement is to them. 

We are now positioned to take the 
business to the next level by pursuing 
growth opportunities which align with 
our core strategy. While M&A activity 
grabs the media headlines, the most 
compelling source of value in any 
business is driving earnings from 
current assets. We are focussed on 
capturing value through strategic organic 
development, such as the Moranbah 
and Port Hedland projects, and through 
productivity transformation via BEx. 

Notwithstanding this, we are alert to 
M&A opportunities that will add value. 
Central to our strategic analysis is strict 
financial discipline. We will be patient 
to ensure we pursue only the right 
projects and, ultimately, if we cannot  
find re-investment opportunities that 
exceed our hurdles, we will return  
excess funds to shareholders.

We believe in taking control of our own 
destiny and that BEx, our next phase of 
continuous improvement, will transform 
the Group and ultimately create long-
term, year-on-year productivity benefits. 
BEx involves engaging all of our 
employees in continuous improvement in 
their individual work practices, formally 
identifying and solving opportunities 
to improve the work “flow”. Through 
BEx, our people will be empowered 
to identify areas where safety can 
be improved, waste reduced and 
productivity increased.

The initial BEx focus will be in 
manufacturing, where we will create 
our own “IPL production system” that 
will change the way we run our plants 

globally – creating standard work, 
focussing our attention on eliminating 
waste and improving flow or removing 
bottlenecks. Supply Chain will follow in 
late 2012. 

It is appropriate that we turn to our 
people, through BEx, to create the long-
term future for our business. It is our 
people who make our business what 
it is, through their commitment to the 
Values, and who provide our sustainable 
competitive advantage. My commitment 
to our people is to provide the support 
and training they need to achieve their 
personal and professional goals and, in 
doing so, to make Incitec Pivot the best 
in the world at everything we do.

James Fazzino 
Managing Director &  
Chief Executive Officer

BEx will ultimately create long-
term, year-on-year productivity 
benefits; closing the “gap to 
perfect”. Our future is BEx.

Self-assess 
to identify 
opportunities

Share 
learning and
rapidly evolve
‘Best Practice’

Build skills
and common
language

Plan and
execute 
improvements
according to
an integrated,
maturity-based
road map

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

5

Board of Directors

First row (l to r):  
John Watson,  
Allan McCallum,  
Anthony Larkin,  
John Marlay

Second row (l to r):  
Graham Smorgon,  
Paul Brasher,  
Rebecca McGrath,  
James Fazzino

John Watson AM MAICD 
Non-executive Chairman
John was appointed as a director on 
15 December 1997 and was appointed 
Chairman in January 1998. John is also 
a non-executive director of Tassal Group 
Limited. He is a past Chairman of the 
Export Wheat Commission, the Cooperative 
Research Centre for Innovative Dairy 
Products, PrimeSafe, the National Rural 
Advisory Council and Tasman Farms 
Limited, Governor of Van Diemen’s Land 
Company and Deputy President of the 
National Farmers’ Federation. John is also 
a former non-executive director of Rural 
Press Limited, Wool Partners International 
Limited (NZ), Eastern Energy Limited and 
was a member of the Rabobank Food and 
Agribusiness Advisory Board for Australia 
and New Zealand. He is a recipient of the 
Australian Centenary Medal and, in 2004, he 
was awarded a Membership in the Order of 
Australia for services to the agricultural and 
food production sectors.

Allan McCallum Dip. Ag Science, FAICD
Non-executive director 
Chairman of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community Committee 
Allan was appointed as a director on 15 
December 1997. Allan is Chairman of Tassal 
Group Limited and is a director of Medical 
Developments International Limited. He is a 
former Chairman of CRF Group Limited, CRF 
(Colac Otway) Pty Ltd and Vicgrain Limited 
and a former director of Graincorp Limited.

Anthony Larkin FCPA, FAICD
Non-executive director 
Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee
Tony was appointed as a director on 1 June 
2003. He is also a non-executive director of 
Oakton Limited. Tony was previously a non-
executive director of OZ Minerals Limited, 
Corporate Express Australia Limited and 
Eyecare Partners Limited, Executive Director 
Finance of Orica Limited, Chairman of Incitec 
Limited and Chairman of Ausmelt Limited. 
During his career with BHP Limited, which 
spanned 38 years, he held the position of 
Group Treasurer and, prior to that, he held 

6

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

senior finance positions in its steel and 
minerals businesses and various senior 
corporate roles. From 1993 to 1997, he 
was seconded to Foster’s Group Limited as 
Senior Vice President Finance and Investor 
Relations. Until early 2006, he was a 
Commissioner of the Victorian Essential 
Services Commission. 

John Marlay BSc, FAICD
Non-executive director
Chairman of the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee
John was appointed to the Board on 20 
December 2006. John is a non-executive 
director of Boral Limited and Cardno Limited 
as well as independent Chairman of Tomago 
Aluminium Company Pty Ltd, a joint venture 
between Rio Tinto, Alcan, CSR/AMP and 
Hydro Aluminum companies. John is a 
former Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director of Alumina Limited, a former 
director of Alcoa of Australia Limited, Alcoa 
World Alumina LLC and the Business Council 
of Australia, the former Deputy Chairman of 
Alcoa World Alumina and Chemicals Strategic 
Council, and the former Chairman of the 
Australian Aluminium Council. In addition, he 
previously held executive positions with Esso 
Australia Limited, James Hardie Industries 
Limited, Pioneer International Group Holdings 
and Hanson plc. 

Graham Smorgon B.Juris, LLB
Non-executive director
Graham was appointed to the Board on 19 
December 2008. Graham is a non-executive 
director of OneSteel Limited, Chairman of 
Smorgon Consolidated Investments, the GBM 
Group and the Print Mint Group, a trustee of 
the Victorian Arts Centre Trust and Chairman 
of the Victorian Arts Centre Foundation. His 
former roles include Chairman of Smorgon 
Steel Group Limited, President of the Carlton 
Football Club, director of Fed Square Pty 
Ltd, Deputy Chairman of Melbourne Health, 
director of the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute 
and partner of law firm Barker Harty & Co, 
where he practised as a commercial lawyer 
for 10 years. 

Paul Brasher BEc(Hons), FCA
Non-executive director
Paul was appointed to the Board on  
29 September 2010. Paul is a non-
executive director of Perpetual Limited 
and the Essendon Football Club and a 
trustee of the Victorian Arts Centre Trust. 
From 1982 to 2009, Paul was a partner 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers (and its 
predecessor firm, Price Waterhouse), one of 
the world’s major chartered accounting and 
professional services firms, including five 
years as the Chairman of the Global Board 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers. Paul is a former 
Chairman of the Reach Foundation, and of 
the National Gallery of Victoria’s Business 
Council, a former member of the Committee 
for Melbourne, a former board member 
of Asialink and a former trustee of the 
Committee for Economic Development  
of Australia. 

Rebecca McGrath BTP(Hons), MASc, 
MAICD
Non-executive director
Rebecca was appointed to the Board on 
15 September 2011. Rebecca is currently 
Chief Financial Officer, BP Australasia and 
a member of BP’s Executive Management 
Board for Australia and New Zealand. She 
has announced her resignation from this 
position, which will come into effect in 
early 2012. During her career with BP, 
Rebecca has held a number of senior roles 
in operations, marketing and functional 
leadership. She has held executive positions 
in Australia, the United Kingdom and Europe. 
Rebecca is also a non-executive director of 
OZ Minerals Limited and a former director  
of Big Sky Credit Union Limited.

James Fazzino BEc(Hons)
Managing Director & CEO
James was appointed Managing Director 
& CEO on 29 July 2009. James was first 
appointed as a director on 18 July 2005, 
following his appointment as Chief Financial 
Officer in May 2003. Before joining Incitec 
Pivot, he had many years experience with 
Orica Limited in several business financial 
roles, including Investor Relations Manager, 
Chief Financial Officer for the Orica Chemicals 
group and Project Leader of Orica’s group 
restructure in 2001.  

Executive Team

First row (l to r):  
James Fazzino,  
Frank Micallef,  
Kerry Gleeson,  
Bernard Walsh,  
James Whiteside

Second row (l to r): 
Gary Brinkworth,  
Stephen Dawson,  
Brian Wallace,  
Jamie Rintel,  
Simon Atkinson

James Fazzino BEc(Hons) 
Managing Director & CEO

Frank Micallef BBus, MAcc, FCPA, FFTA 
Chief Financial Officer
Frank was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer on 23 October 2009. Frank joined IPL 
in May 2008 as General Manager, Treasury 
and Chief Financial Officer, Trading. Prior to 
joining IPL, Frank had significant experience 
in the explosives and mining industries 
as Global Treasurer and Investor Relations 
Manager at Orica Limited and General 
Manager Accounting at North Limited. 

Kerry Gleeson LLB(Hons) 
General Counsel & Company Secretary
Kerry was appointed as General Counsel 
and Company Secretary in February 2004. 
Prior to joining the Company, Kerry had 
extensive private practice experience in 
IPOs, international mergers and acquisitions, 
equity markets, financing and restructuring, 
while practising in Australia, with Blake 
Dawson, and prior to that, as a partner of 
an English law firm. Kerry qualified as a 
lawyer in 1991, in England & Wales, and 
subsequently in Victoria, Australia in 2001. 
In 2009, Kerry received the ALB Australasian 
Law Award for In-House Lawyer of the Year. 

Bernard Walsh BE(Mech), MIEAust CPEng 
President, Global Manufacturing
Bernard joined IPL in 2003 and has  
extensive manufacturing experience in 
petrochemicals, chemicals and mining 
services. Bernard joined IPL from Orica 
Limited where he held a variety of roles 
from 1987, including General Manager 
of Initiation Explosives Systems (IES) until 
2003. IES was a joint venture between Orica 
Limited and Ensign Bickford Industries Inc. 
and manufactured a full range of initiating 
systems at its Helidon, Queensland, and  
Deer Park, Melbourne, sites. 

James Whiteside BAgricSc, 
GradDipBusAdmin, GAICD 
Chief Operating Officer, Supply Chain  
& Trading 
James joined IPL (then known as Pivot 
Limited) in 1992, following extensive 
experience in agricultural companies and 
consulting. Since joining IPL, James has held 
a number of senior management roles, 
including Group Procurement Manager. 
As Chief Operating Officer, Supply Chain & 
Trading, James is responsible for Southern 
Cross International and its international  
and domestic trading business, and is  
Chief Executive Officer of the Quantum  
joint venture. 

Gary Brinkworth BEc, GAICD 
Chief Operating Officer, Incitec Pivot 
Fertilisers & General Manager, Human 
Resources 
Gary joined IPL in November 2008. He has 
extensive local and international experience 
across wholesale fuel distribution, retail and 
financial services industries. Gary has held 
several senior leadership positions with BP 
Oil in Australia, New Zealand, the United 
Kingdom and the United States and brings 
a strong customer focus to the business. 
Immediately prior to joining IPL, Gary held 
the position of General Manager – Group 
Business Development with Coles Group. 

Stephen Dawson BSc(Hons) Mining 
Engineering, MBA 
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
Stephen joined the Company upon its 
acquisition of Dyno Nobel in 2008. Stephen 
is responsible for leading the Dyno Nobel 
industrial explosives business in the Asia-
Pacific region, including Australia, Indonesia 
and Papua New Guinea. He commenced his 
career with British Coal and subsequently 
worked with mining companies Amcoal 
Collieries Limited and Randcoal in South 
Africa. Stephen has also worked with AECI 
Explosives Limited (now AEL) in a variety of 
sales and operational roles. 

Brian Wallace MSc, MBA 
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Brian joined the Company in 2008 and is 
responsible for Dyno Nobel’s North American 
business. He has extensive experience in 
the industrial explosives business, having 
worked in the industry for over 25 years 
starting with AECI Explosives Limited (now 
AEL) in Johannesburg and, prior to joining 
Incitec Pivot, held positions with Austin 
Powder Company in the United States  
and Orica. 

Jamie Rintel BA 
President, Strategy & Business 
Development
Jamie joined IPL in February 2005, following 
extensive experience in consulting across 
a range of industries both in Australia 
and overseas. Within IPL, Jamie has held 
a number of roles including, Marketing 
Manager for Incitec Pivot Fertilisers. Jamie 
was appointed to his current role as 
President, Strategy & Business Development 
in June 2008. 

Simon Atkinson BBus, CA 
President, New Markets
Simon joined the Company on its merger 
with Incitec Fertilizers Limited in 2003, 
having commenced with Incitec Limited 
in 2001 and Orica Limited in 1999. He has 
extensive finance experience, having been 
the Company’s Commercial Finance Manager 
for the Australian fertilisers business. Simon 
was previously the Company’s Investor 
Relations Manager and more recently, 
the Global CFO for the Group’s explosives 
business. Simon was appointed to his current 
role as President, New Markets in May 2010 
and has responsibility for new markets, 
including Turkey and Chile. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

7

Directors’ Report

The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited present the directors’ report, together with the financial report, of the Company and its 
controlled entities (the Group) for the year ended 30 September 2011 and the related auditor’s report.

Directors
The directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this report are:

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

J C Watson AM MAICD
Independent non-executive director 
and Chairman

Member of the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

John was appointed as a director on 15 December 1997 and was appointed Chairman in 
January 1998. John is also a non-executive director of Tassal Group Limited. He is a past 
Chairman of the Export Wheat Commission, the Cooperative Research Centre for Innovative 
Dairy Products, PrimeSafe, the National Rural Advisory Council and Tasman Farms Limited, 
Governor of Van Diemen’s Land Company and Deputy President of the National Farmers’ 
Federation. John is also a former non-executive director of Rural Press Limited, Wool 
Partners International Limited (NZ), Eastern Energy Limited and was a member of the 
Rabobank Food and Agribusiness Advisory Board for Australia and New Zealand. He is a 
recipient of the Australian Centenary Medal and, in 2004, he was awarded a Membership 
in the Order of Australia for services to the agricultural and food production sectors.

A C Larkin FCPA, FAICD
Independent non-executive director 

Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Tony was appointed as a director on 1 June 2003. He is also a non-executive director of 
Oakton Limited. Tony was previously a non-executive director of OZ Minerals Limited, 
Corporate Express Australia Limited and Eyecare Partners Limited, Executive Director Finance 
of Orica Limited, Chairman of Incitec Limited and Chairman of Ausmelt Limited. During his 
career with BHP Limited, which spanned 38 years, he held the position of Group Treasurer 
and, prior to that, he held senior finance positions in its steel and minerals businesses 
and various senior corporate roles. From 1993 to 1997, he was seconded to Foster’s Group 
Limited as Senior Vice President Finance and Investor Relations. Until early 2006, he was  
a Commissioner of the Victorian Essential Services Commission.

A D McCallum Dip. Ag Science, 
FAICD
Independent non-executive director 

Chairman of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee 

J Marlay BSc, FAICD
Independent non-executive director

Chairman of the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee

Allan was appointed as a director on 15 December 1997. Allan is Chairman of Tassal Group 
Limited and is a director of Medical Developments International Limited. He is a former 
Chairman of CRF Group Limited, CRF (Colac Otway) Pty Ltd and Vicgrain Limited and a 
former director of Graincorp Limited.

John was appointed to the Board on 20 December 2006. John is a non-executive director of 
Boral Limited and Cardno Limited as well as independent Chairman of Tomago Aluminium 
Company Pty Ltd, a joint venture between Rio Tinto, Alcan, CSR/AMP and Hydro Aluminum 
companies. John is a former Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Alumina 
Limited, a former director of Alcoa of Australia Limited, Alcoa World Alumina LLC and the 
Business Council of Australia, the former Deputy Chairman of Alcoa World Alumina and 
Chemicals Strategic Council, and the former Chairman of the Australian Aluminium Council. 
In addition, he previously held executive positions with Esso Australia Limited, James 
Hardie Industries Limited, Pioneer International Group Holdings and Hanson plc.

G Smorgon B.Juris, LLB
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee 

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Graham was appointed to the Board on 19 December 2008. Graham is a non-executive 
director of OneSteel Limited, Chairman of Smorgon Consolidated Investments, the GBM 
Group and the Print Mint Group, a trustee of the Victorian Arts Centre Trust and Chairman 
of the Victorian Arts Centre Foundation. His former roles include Chairman of Smorgon Steel 
Group Limited, President of the Carlton Football Club, director of Fed Square Pty Ltd, Deputy 
Chairman of Melbourne Health, director of the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute and partner of 
law firm Barker Harty & Co, where he practised as a commercial lawyer for 10 years.

8

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

P V Brasher BEc(Hons), FCA
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee 

Member of the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee

Paul was appointed to the Board on 29 September 2010. Paul is a non-executive director 
of Perpetual Limited and the Essendon Football Club and a trustee of the Victorian Arts 
Centre Trust. From 1982 to 2009, Paul was a partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers (and its 
predecessor firm, Price Waterhouse), one of the world’s major chartered accounting and 
professional services firms, including five years as the Chairman of the Global Board of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers. Paul is a former Chairman of the Reach Foundation, and of the 
National Gallery of Victoria’s Business Council, a former member of the Committee for 
Melbourne, a former board member of Asialink and a former trustee of the Committee 
for Economic Development of Australia.

R J McGrath BTP(Hons),  
MASc, MAICD
Independent non-executive director

Rebecca was appointed to the Board on 15 September 2011. Rebecca is currently Chief 
Financial Officer, BP Australasia and a member of BP’s Executive Management Board for 
Australia and New Zealand. She has announced her resignation from this position, which 
will come into effect in early 2012. During her career with BP, Rebecca has held a number 
of senior roles in operations, marketing and functional leadership. She has held executive 
positions in Australia, the United Kingdom and Europe. Rebecca is also a non-executive 
director of OZ Minerals Limited and a former director of Big Sky Credit Union Limited.

J E Fazzino BEc(Hons)
Managing Director & 
Chief Executive Officer

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee 

James was appointed as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 29 July 2009. 
James was first appointed as a director on 18 July 2005, following his appointment as 
Chief Financial Officer in May 2003. Before joining Incitec Pivot, James had many years 
of experience with Orica Limited in several business financial roles, including Investor 
Relations Manager, Chief Financial Officer for the Orica Chemicals group and Project Leader 
of Orica’s group restructure in 2001. 

Company Secretary
Mrs Kerry Gleeson holds the office of Company Secretary. Kerry is a practising solicitor, having been admitted to practice in England 
and Wales in 1991 and in Victoria in 2001. Kerry was appointed as Company Secretary on 16 February 2004, having previously 
practised with Blake Dawson in Melbourne and, prior to that, Kerry was a partner of an English law firm.

Directors’ interests in share capital
The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the Company, as notified by the directors to the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), as at the date of this report is as follows:

Director

J C Watson
A C Larkin
A D McCallum(1)
J Marlay(1)
G Smorgon
P V Brasher(1)
R J McGrath
J E Fazzino(1)

(1) Held both directly and indirectly.

Fully paid ordinary shares 
Incitec Pivot Limited

100,000 
5,000 
216,501 
37,926
0 
20,600
400
1,708,180 

Further details of directors’ interests in share capital are set out in Note 35 to the financial statements, Key management 
personnel disclosures. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

9

Directors’ Report

Directors’ meetings
The number of directors’ meetings held (including meetings of committees of directors) and the number of meetings attended by 
each of the directors of the Company during the financial year are listed below: 

Director
J C Watson
A C Larkin(3)
A D McCallum(4)
J Marlay(5)
G Smorgon(6) 
P V Brasher(7)
R J McGrath(8)
J E Fazzino

Board

Audit and  
Risk Management

Remuneration and
Appointments

Health, Safety, Environment 
and Community

Held(1)
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
10

Attended(2)
10
10
10
10
9
10
1
10

Held(1)
–
5
–
1
5
4
–
–

Attended(2)
–
5
–
1
3
4
–
–

Held(1)
7
–
2
7
–
5
–
–

Attended(2)
7
–
2
7
–
5
–
–

Held(1)
4
1
4
–
3
–
–
4

Attended(2)
4
1
4
–
2
–
–
4

(1) This column shows the number of meetings held during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee. 
(2) This column shows the number of meetings attended during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(3) Mr Anthony Larkin ceased to be a member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee on 24 February 2011. 
(4) Mr Allan McCallum ceased to be a member of the Remuneration and Appointments Committee on 24 February 2011.
(5) Mr John Marlay ceased to be a member of the Audit and Risk Management Committee on 24 February 2011.
(6) Mr Graham Smorgon was appointed as a member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee on 24 February 2011.
(7) Mr Paul Brasher was appointed as a member of the Audit and Risk Management Committee and the Remuneration and Appointments Committee 

on 24 February 2011.

(8) Ms Rebecca McGrath was appointed to the Board on 15 September 2011.

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the course of the 
financial year were the manufacture, trading and distribution of 
fertilisers, industrial explosives and chemicals, and the provision 
of related services. No significant changes have occurred in the 
nature of these activities during the financial year.

Review and results of operations
Group Financial Highlights
•	

Net Profit After Tax excluding minority interests 
(including individually material items(1)) for the year ended 
30 September 2011 was up 13% or $52.7m to $463.2m 
(2010: $410.5m).

•	

•	

Net Profit After Tax excluding minority interests 
(excluding individually material items) for the year ended  
30 September 2011 was up 20% or $87.3m to $530.1m 
(2010: $442.8m).

Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) (excluding 
individually material items) was up 19% or $123.8m to 
$772.1m (2010: $648.3m). The increase reflects double  
digit earnings growth in all business units.

•	

Earnings Per Share (excluding individually material items) 
was up 5.2 cents to 32.5 cents (2010: 27.3 cents).

•	

Operating cash flows were up 36% or $190.2m to $719.1m 
(2010: $528.9m) as a result of improved Earnings Before 
Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) and 
lower trade working capital balances at year end.

Business Segment Financial Highlights
•	

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) EBIT was up 11% to 
$195.4m (2010: $176.0m) as a result of lower losses on the 
costs to serve Moranbah foundation customer contracts and 
the benefits delivered by the Velocity program. 

•	

•	

•	

Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) EBIT was up 6% to $173.8m 
(2010: $163.2m). When measured in its base currency of US 
dollars, the business EBIT was up 21%. The increase in EBIT 
reflects the benefits delivered by the Velocity program and 
improved pricing to agriculture customers.

Southern Cross International (SCI) EBIT was up 46% to 
$323.9m (2010: $222.6m) due to higher selling prices for 
di-ammonium phosphate, offset by the impact of the higher 
Australian dollar on US dollar priced fertilisers.

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) EBIT was up 15% to $128.8m 
(2010: $112.4m) reflecting higher volumes sold in the 
Australian market in 2011.

(1)

Individually material items are revenues or expenses that are outside the normal operations of the business and are non-recurring in nature. 

10

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Balance Sheet
•	

Net debt increased by $91.7m to $1,188.8m (2010: 
$1,097.1m) as a result of higher capital spend on the 
Moranbah Ammonium Nitrate plant and an increase in  
cash dividends paid during the year, partially offset by an 
increase in operating cash flows.

•	

The Net Debt/EBITDA
(2010: 1.39).

(2) ratio was 1.29 at 30 September 2011 

External Sales Revenue
•	

Revenue increased by $974.6m to $3,906.3m (2010: 
$2,931.7m) in the year ended 30 September 2011. The 
increase was primarily due to the impact of higher fertiliser 
prices, higher sales volumes in the IPF business, the impact 
of higher revenues from the Quantum business and the 
impact of higher ammonia prices on sales by the Explosives 
business. Of the total revenue of $3,906.3m in the year 
ended 30 September 2011, $2,230.3m or 57.1% was 
derived from the Fertilisers business and $1,676.0m or 
42.9% was derived from the Explosives business.

Returns to Shareholders
•	

A final dividend of 8.2 cents per share (cps) unfranked is to 
be paid on 16 December 2011.

•	

This brings the total 2011 dividend to 11.5 cps.

Dividends
Dividends paid since the last annual report were:

Type

Paid during the year
2010 final dividend
2011 interim dividend

Paid after end of year
2011 final dividend

Dealt with in the  
financial report as:

Dividends
Subsequent event

Cents per share

Total amount
$000

Franked/ 
Unfranked

Date of payment

6
3.3

8.2

Note

27
27

97,724
53,700

Unfranked
Unfranked

17 December 2010
5 July 2011

133,556

Unfranked

16 December 2011 

$000

151,400
133,556 

(2) Net Debt/EBITDA equals interest bearing liabilities less cash and cash equivalents/Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation,  

excluding individually material items.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

11

Indemnification and insurance of officers
The Company’s Constitution provides that, to the extent 
permitted by law, the Company must indemnify any person 
who is, or has been, a director or secretary of the Company 
against any liability incurred by that person including any 
liability incurred as an officer of the Company or a subsidiary 
of the Company and legal costs incurred by that person in 
defending an action. 

The Constitution further provides that the Company may 
enter into an agreement with any current or former director 
or secretary or a person who is, or has been, an officer of 
the Company or a subsidiary of the Company to indemnify 
the person against such liabilities. The Company has entered 
into Deeds of Access, Indemnity and Insurance with each of 
its officers. Pursuant to those deeds, the Company has paid 
a premium in respect of a contract insuring officers of the 
Company and officers of its controlled entities against liability 
for costs and expenses incurred by them in defending civil or 
criminal proceedings involving them as such officers, with some 
exceptions. The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the 
nature of the liability insured against and the amount of the 
premium paid. 

Auditor 
KPMG continues in office in accordance with section 327B(2)  
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 

Non-audit services 
KPMG has provided non-audit services to the amount of $7,800 
during the year ended 30 September 2011 (Refer Note 7 to the 
financial statements).

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
The lead auditor has provided a written declaration that no 
professional engagement for the Group has been carried out 
during the year that would impair KPMG’s independence as 
auditor.

The lead auditor’s independence declaration is set out on 
page 40 of this Annual Report.

Rounding
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100 
dated 10 July 1998 and, in accordance with that Class Order, the 
amounts shown in this report and in the financial statements 
have been rounded off, except where otherwise stated, to the 
nearest one hundred thousand dollars.

Directors’ Report

Changes in the state of affairs 
There have been no significant changes to the Group’s state  
of affairs during the year.

Events subsequent to reporting date
Since the end of the financial year, in November 2011, the 
directors determined to pay a final dividend for the Company 
of 8.2 cents per share on 16 December 2011. The dividend is 
unfranked (Refer Note 27 to the financial statements).

The Commonwealth parliament has recently passed the  
‘Clean Energy Future’ legislation. The legislation will introduce  
a carbon pricing scheme and require the Group to purchase 
and surrender carbon permits in relation to its carbon 
emissions in Australia. The scheme, anticipated to commence 
on 1 July 2012, will have a three-year fixed price period and 
subsequently transition to an emissions trading scheme. It is 
anticipated that the introduction of a carbon pricing scheme 
will have implications for the Group’s Australian operations, 
particularly its manufacturing operations. The financial impact 
for the Group cannot be estimated until the Company can 
assess the effect of the industry assistance program to be 
implemented as part of the ‘Clean Energy Future’ legislation. 
However, based on the draft regulations regarding the industry 
assistance program and the Group’s forecast future emissions, 
the impact of the carbon pricing scheme is not, at this stage, 
anticipated to have a material impact on the future profitability 
of the Group during the fixed price period of the carbon pricing 
scheme. As the market price of carbon permits under the 
subsequent emissions trading scheme cannot be predicted and 
the details of the industry assistance program (and its duration) 
are unknown, the financial impact for the Group cannot be 
estimated.

On 27 October 2011, the Group announced a feasibility study 
into the construction of an ammonium nitrate manufacturing 
plant on the site of its fertiliser facility on Kooragang Island, 
Newcastle, NSW. Development of the plant would proceed only 
on meeting the Group’s strict financial hurdles and achieving 
firm customer commitments, regulatory approvals and support 
from the local and broader communities.

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors 
have not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since 30 September 2011 that has 
affected or may affect the operations of the Group, the results 
of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in 
subsequent years, which has not been covered in this report.

Likely developments
Further information on likely developments in the operations 
of the Group and the expected results of the operations has 
not been included in this report because the directors believe it 
would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.

Environmental regulations 
Manufacturing licences and consents are in place at each Group 
site, determined in consultation with local environmental 
regulatory authorities. The measurement of compliance with 
conditions of licences and consents involves numerous tests 
which are conducted regularly. The individual sites record their 
compliance and report that there is continued high compliance. 
When breaches occur, they are reported to the authorities as 
required and actions taken to prevent recurrences.

12

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company or Incitec 
Pivot) present the Remuneration Report prepared in accordance 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for the 
Company and its controlled entities (collectively referred to in 
this report as the “Group”) for the year ended 30 September 
2011. This Remuneration Report is audited.

The structure of this Remuneration Report 
is as follows:

Section

Page

This Remuneration Report forms part of the Directors’ Report.

A.  Executive Remuneration Overview

14

Details of the Group’s remuneration strategy and  
arrangements for the 2010/11 financial year are set out 
in this Remuneration Report.

This Remuneration Report is prepared in respect of the Key 
Management Personnel, being those persons who have 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group. 

The Board has determined that the Key Management Personnel 
are the non-executive directors of the Company (refer to table 
B.1), certain former executives (refer to table C.3) and the 
people referred to in the table below, which includes the five 
most highly remunerated Group executives.

When used in this Remuneration Report, the term “Executives” 
means the people listed in the following table (and certain 
former executives, as the context requires).

Name

Position 

Mr James Fazzino

Managing Director & CEO

Mr Frank Micallef

Chief Financial Officer

Mrs Kerry Gleeson

General Counsel & 
Company Secretary 

Mr Bernard Walsh

President, Global Manufacturing

Mr James Whiteside

Mr Gary Brinkworth

Chief Operating Officer, 
Supply Chain & Trading

Chief Operating Officer, 
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers & 
General Manager, 
Human Resources

B.   Non-Executive Director 

Remuneration

C.  Executive Remuneration

Executive remuneration policy and practice

Key features of the components of Executive 
remuneration

−

Fixed annual remuneration

−

−

At risk remuneration – Short Term Incentive 
(STI) Plan

At risk remuneration – Long Term Incentive 
(LTI) Plans

Analysis of relationship between the Group’s 
performance, shareholder wealth and 
remuneration

Executives’ remuneration arrangements 

−

Managing Director &  
Chief Executive Officer

Mr Stephen Dawson

President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific

Mr Brian Wallace

President, Dyno Nobel Americas

−

Executive Team

Mr Jamie Rintel

President, Strategy &  
Business Development

Details of Executive remuneration

Mr Simon Atkinson

President, New Markets

−

Executive remuneration

−

At risk remuneration – Short term incentives

−

At risk remuneration – Long term incentives

16

17

17

17

18

19

22

24

24

25

26

26

28

29

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

13

 
Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

A.  Executive Remuneration Overview
Incitec Pivot aims to generate competitive returns for its shareholders through its strategy as a leading global chemicals Group, 
manufacturing and distributing industrial explosives, fertilisers and related products and services. Incitec Pivot recognises that, to 
achieve this, the Group needs outstanding people who are capable, committed and motivated. The philosophy of Incitec Pivot’s 
remuneration strategy is that it should support the objectives of the business and enable the Group to attract, retain and reward 
Executives of the necessary skill and calibre. Accordingly, the key principles of Incitec Pivot’s remuneration strategy are as follows:
•	
•	

to provide market competitive remuneration to attract, retain and reward Executives; 
for the majority of Executive remuneration to be “at risk” and linked to performance and the creation of sustained 
shareholder value; 
to apply demanding financial and non-financial performance objectives for the short and long term incentive plans; and
for the long term incentive, to result in share ownership on the achievement of demanding objectives, linking remuneration to 
Company performance as experienced by shareholders.

•	
•	

2010/11 Remuneration in Review

Key Highlights

Commentary

Strong Alignment to 
Shareholders

•  Challenging targets driving 

creation of shareholder value

•  Reward only where  

exceptional performance

The majority of Executive remuneration is at risk, in the form of short term and long 
term incentives. As such, Executives are rewarded only where value is delivered to 
shareholders, for example:

STI

The key measure for the STI is Earnings Per Share (EPS) before individually material 
items (IMIs), a profit based metric, which is consistent with market practice. In the 
2010/11 financial year, EPS (before IMIs) has grown 19% and, accordingly, Executives 
received payments under the STI Plan. Details of the amounts awarded are set out in 
table C.4.

LTI

The Company’s approach is to set challenging targets to drive the creation of 
shareholder value. LTI awards are made only where there is exceptional performance 
over a sustained period, noting that under the Company’s recent LTI plans, for awards  
to be made in full, the total return to the Company’s shareholders (TSR) over the 
relevant performance period was required to exceed 20% per annum compounded 
over the period.

In relation to the last four LTI plans that have matured, being the LTI 2006/08, the 
LTI 2006/09, the LTI 2007/10 and the LTI 2008/11:

•	 For two of these plans, the LTI 2006/08 and the LTI 2006/09, which matured on 

30 September 2008 and 30 September 2009, respectively, the TSR was substantially 
in excess of the stretch target (2008: 93% and 2009: 42.2%) and, accordingly, 
Executives received awards in full.

• For the remaining two plans, the LTI 2007/10 and the LTI 2008/11, no awards were 
made as the Company’s TSR did not meet the minimum hurdle, in particular, with 
regard to the LTI 2008/11, no performance rights vested as the minimum hurdle of 
10% per annum compounded over the performance period was not met.

Refer to table C.2.

14

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Key Highlights

Commentary

Positive Shareholder Support for 
Remuneration Practices

•  Consistent and responsive strategy
•  Strong advisory vote at all annual 

general meetings

Over the years, the Board has been consistent in the application of the remuneration 
strategy, maintaining stability in its practices while annually reviewing executive 
remuneration, having regard to the need to offer competitive remuneration packages 
and to respond to shareholder sentiment.

The Company has consistently received strong shareholder support for the 
remuneration report and, thus, the Company’s remuneration policy and practices.  
At each annual general meeting the resolution to adopt the remuneration report has 
been passed on a show of hands. In addition, in 2010, had the resolution gone to a 
poll, 96% of the votes registered by proxy were in favour of the adoption of the report 
(2009: 89%, 2008: 93%).

Responsive to Shareholder Views

•  Adoption of two new metrics  
in line with market practice
– Relative TSR
– EPS 

For the 2010/11 financial year, consistent with the Board’s remuneration philosophy 
and strategy and in response to shareholder views, having regard to market practice, 
the Board established two new challenging performance conditions for LTI plans, 
commencing with the 2010/13 Long Term Incentive Plan:

•	

•	

 with vesting of the performance rights attached to this condition 

Relative TSR:
starting where the Company’s TSR is above the 50th percentile of the companies 
in the S&P/ASX 100 ranked by their TSR performance and full vesting of the 
performance rights attached to this condition occurring where the Company’s TSR 
is equal to or above the 75th percentile of such companies ranked by their TSR 
performance; and

with vesting of the performance rights attached to this 

Earnings Per Share: 
condition starting where the compound annual growth rate of the Company’s EPS 
(before IMIs) over the performance period, from the base year, is equal to or greater 
than 7% per annum with full vesting in the performance rights attached to this 
condition occurring where the compound annual growth rate of the Company’s EPS 
(before IMIs) over the performance period is 15% or greater. 

Prior to the 2010/11 financial year, a single metric was used for the Company’s LTI 
plans, absolute TSR. Accordingly, the move to having dual metrics and to have as those 
metrics Relative TSR and EPS growth is consistent with market practice and ensures 
strong alignment with shareholders’ interests. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

15

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

B.   Non-Executive Director Remuneration 
Incitec Pivot’s policy is to:
•	

remunerate non-executive directors by way of fees and 
payments which may be in the form of cash, non-cash 
benefits and superannuation benefits; and 

•	

set the level of non-executive directors’ fees and payments 
to be consistent with the market and to enable Incitec Pivot 
to attract and retain directors of an appropriate calibre. 

Non-executive directors are not remunerated by way  
of options, shares, performance rights, bonuses nor by 
incentive-based payments. 

Non-executive directors receive a fee for being a director of the 
Board and non-executive directors, other than the Chairman of 
the Board, receive additional fees for either chairing or being 
a member of a Board Committee. The level of fees paid to a 
non-executive director is determined by the Board after an 
annual review and reflects a non-executive director’s time 

commitments and responsibilities. For the 2010/11 financial 
year, the fees paid to non-executive directors amounted to 
$1,600,000, which was below the $2,000,000 limit approved 
by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meeting.

Non-executive directors joining the Board after 31 May 2003 
are not entitled to receive a retirement benefit. There are 
two non-executive directors who were appointed before 
1 June 2003, Mr J Watson and Mr A McCallum, who have 
contractual rights to a retirement benefit. The contracts, which 
were entered into prior to the merger with Incitec Fertilizers 
Limited in 2003, provide that on their respective retirements 
from the Board, on condition of them serving 10 years on 
the Board, each of Mr Watson and Mr McCallum receive a 
payment calculated as to approximately 54% of the aggregate 
remuneration they respectively receive from the Company in 
the three years immediately preceding their date of retirement, 
where the percentage represents their years of service from the 
date of appointment to 31 May 2003, as a proportion of  
10 years service. 

Table B.1: Non-executive directors’ remuneration
Details of the non-executive directors’ remuneration for the financial year ended 30 September 2011 are set out in the 
following table:

For the year ended 30 September 2011

Short-term benefits(A)

Post-employment 
benefits

Other long term 
benefits(B)

Non-executive directors
Current
J C Watson, Chairman(1)

A C Larkin

J Marlay 

A D McCallum(1)

G Smorgon

P V Brasher(2)

R J McGrath(3)

Total non-executive directors 

Year

2011
 2010 
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010

Fees

$000

453 
410 
198 
187 
189 
176 
187
177 
180 
155 
173
1 
 6 
– 
1,386 
1,106 

Superannuation 
benefits  

$000

$000

42 
41 
18 
18 
18 
17 
18 
18 
17 
15 
16 
– 
 1 
– 
130 
109 

62 
85 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
22 
35 
 – 
– 
 – 
– 
 – 
– 
84 
120 

Total 

$000

557 
536 
216 
205 
207 
193 
227 
230 
197 
170 
 189 
1 
7
– 
1,600 
1,335 

(A) Apart from the fees paid or payable to the non-executive directors, no other short term benefits were paid or are payable in respect of the reporting period.
(B) Consistent with best practice, with the exception of the contractual entitlements for Mr Watson and Mr McCallum who were appointed to the Board before 

(1)

1 June 2003, the Company does not pay additional benefits to non-executive directors.
If Mr Watson or Mr McCallum had ceased to be a director on 30 September 2011, the following benefits would have been payable under their respective contracts: 
Mr Watson $766,000, Mr McCallum $329,000. 

(2) The disclosures for the 2009/10 financial year are with effect from Mr Brasher’s appointment to the Board as a non-executive director, 29 September 2010.
(3) The disclosures for the 2010/11 financial year are with effect from Ms McGrath’s appointment to the Board as a non-executive director, 15 September 2011.

16

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

C.  Executive Remuneration
Executive remuneration policy and practice
The remuneration of the Executives is set by the Board. 

In alignment with its remuneration strategy, the Board’s policy 
on executive remuneration is that it comprises both a fixed 
component (fixed annual remuneration (FAR)) and an “at risk” 
or performance-related component (being short term and long 
term incentives) where: 
(i)  the majority of executive remuneration is “at risk”; and
(ii)  the level of FAR will be benchmarked against that paid at 
the 50th percentile of companies in a comparator group 
with a range of market capitalisations (50%–200% of that 
of Incitec Pivot). 

Remuneration arrangements for Executives are reviewed 
annually to ensure the arrangements continue to remain 
market competitive and consistent with the strategy of 
creating sustained shareholder value and in alignment with 
the Group’s business strategy. For the 2010/11 financial year, 
the Remuneration and Appointments Committee engaged 
Godfrey Remuneration Group, an appropriately qualified and 
independent remuneration consultant, to assist in a review 
of the continued appropriateness of the Board’s policy, 
remuneration strategy and structure of remuneration packages 
offered to Executives. As part of the review:
•	

 this was benchmarked against the median of that  

FAR:
paid for similar roles in comparable companies and in  
light of there being no increases in the fixed annual 
remuneration for Executives in the 2009/10 financial 
year, the Board approved, with effect from 1 January 
2011, an increase of 8% to the fixed annual remuneration  
of Executives, save for the following Executives who 

received the following increases due to the market 
benchmark data for their particular roles:
– Mr Frank Micallef: 10%
– Mr Jamie Rintel: 10.3%
– Mr Stephen Dawson: 10.3%. 
 the performance measures used in the LTI were 
LTI:
reviewed and, in line with market practice, the Board 
established two new challenging performance conditions for 
LTI plans, relative TSR and EPS growth.

•	

The relative proportion of the Executives’ total remuneration 
packages for the 2010/11 financial year that is performance-
based is set out in the table below, and indicates a majority of 
the Executives’ total remuneration is “at risk” (64–67%).

Table C.1: Remuneration structures by level

% of Total Remuneration (annualised)

Fixed  
Remuneration

Performance-based 
Remuneration

Managing 
Director & CEO

Executives

FAR

33%

36%

STI

33%

LTI

34%

36%

28%

In calculating the “at risk” compensation as a proportion of total 
remuneration for the 2010/11 year, for each Executive, the 
maximum entitlement under the STI or LTI was taken into account.

Key features of the components of Executive 
remuneration 

The following tables set out the key features of the three 
components of Executive remuneration that are relevant to 
the 2010/11 financial year. 

Fixed annual remuneration

Fixed annual remuneration

Who receives fixed annual 
remuneration?

The terms of employment for each of the Executives contain a fixed annual 
remuneration component.

What is the purpose of the 
fixed annual remuneration 
component?

The purpose of the fixed component is to remunerate the Executives at a level 
that is market competitive and reflects the experience and performance of the 
individual Executive. 

What is included in fixed  
annual remuneration?

Executives may receive their fixed annual remuneration in a variety of forms, including 
cash, superannuation and fringe benefits, such as motor vehicles.

When is fixed annual 
remuneration reviewed?

When does an increase in 
fixed annual remuneration 
take effect?

What was the fixed annual 
remuneration for the 
Executives for the year ended 
30 September 2011?

The level of fixed annual remuneration is reviewed by the Board annually with reference to, 
among other things, changes in role and responsibilities and market data provided by an 
appropriately qualified and independent external consultant. In setting the level of the fixed 
component of remuneration, regard is had to the median of that paid for similar roles by a 
group of comparator companies where the group includes companies with a range of market 
capitalisations across various industries.

The Board determined that increases in the fixed annual remuneration for an Executive 
took effect from 1 January. 

Refer to table C.3 for details of the fixed annual remuneration for the Executives for the 
year ended 30 September 2011. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

17

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

At risk remuneration – Short Term Incentive (STI) Plan

STI Plan

What is the STI?

The STI is an annual “at risk” cash incentive which is dependent on the achievement of 
particular performance conditions in the financial year to 30 September 2011.

Who participates in the STI Plan?

All of the Executives (as well as other selected employees) participate in the STI Plan.

Why does the Board consider 
the STI to be an appropriate 
incentive?

The Board considers the STI is appropriate as it encourages the Executives to support 
Incitec Pivot’s strategic objectives by putting a large proportion of the Executives’ 
remuneration “at risk” against meeting challenging performance targets linked to the 
Group’s annual business objectives. 

STI awards are not an entitlement, but rather a reward for annual Group performance 
and individual performance or contribution to overall Group performance.

What are the criteria for 
awarding the STI to Executives?

The criteria for awarding the STI is the satisfaction of performance conditions where 
performance is measured over the year. 

Why were these criteria chosen?

The performance conditions used are growth in EPS (before IMIs) and, where 
relevant for a particular Executive, the EBIT of a particular business segment in the 
Group or production outcomes coupled with, where appropriate, non-financial 
performance conditions, such conditions not to exceed 20% of the STI opportunity for 
a particular Executive. In respect of non-financial performance conditions, in 2010/11 
Executives were set objectives in relation to the organisational climate of the Group and, 
specifically, the level of engagement achieved within the Executives’ respective business 
units as measured by the results of a global employee survey. 

In respect of EPS, this is considered an appropriate financial measure because it aligns 
Executive reward with the creation of shareholder value. In addition, by also using 
the EBIT of a business segment or production outcomes as measures for Executives in 
relevant business segments, this ensures robust alignment of performance in a particular 
business segment with reward for the Executive managing that business segment. 

In respect of the non-financial performance conditions, organisational climate and the 
level of engagement, since 2010 Incitec Pivot has established comprehensive leadership 
programs designed to address leaders’ roles in developing a strong organisational 
climate. Independent research over many years has shown that outstanding companies 
come from having a fully engaged workforce, with clear leadership creating a positive 
climate. Given the focus on leadership programs and on organisational climate, this 
measure was chosen to align Executive reward with improved organisational climate, as 
measured by the results of a global employee survey.

When are the criteria set?

The criteria for awarding the STI were set by the Board prior to the commencement of 
the 2010/11 financial year.

What is the method for 
determining if the criteria are 
satisfied?

What STI awards were made to 
Executives with respect to the 
year ended 30 September 2011?

The method for determining if performance conditions are met is, for financial 
performance conditions, based on a review of the audited accounts for the financial year 
and, for any non-financial performance conditions, based on the review by the Board of 
recommendations made by the Remuneration and Appointments Committee following 
the annual performance review process for the Executives.

With EPS (before IMIs) having grown 19% for the year ended 30 September 2011 and 
having regard to the EBIT for relevant business segments, production outcomes and 
performance with regard to improved organisational climate, Executives were entitled 
to awards under the 2010/11 STI. Refer to tables C.3 and C.4 for further details of STI 
awards to Executives for the year ended 30 September 2011.

18

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

At risk remuneration – Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plans

LTI Plans

What are the Company’s LTI 
Plans that are relevant to the 
2010/11 financial year?

What is the purpose of the LTIs?

What is the design of the 
LTI Plans?

What is the method for 
determining if the criteria are 
satisfied?

What are the Long Term 
Incentive Performance 
Cash Plans?

The current LTI Plans are:
•	
•	
•	

Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2008/11 (LTI 2008/11); 
Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2009/12 (LTI 2009/12); and
Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2010/13 (LTI 2010/13).

In addition, there are incentive arrangements for Executives and other selected 
employees based outside of Australia (see ‘What are the Long Term Incentive 
Performance Cash Plans?’ below).

Details of the Executives’ participation in these plans are set out in tables C.5 and C.6. 

The LTIs are the long term incentive component of remuneration for employees, including 
the Executives, who are able to influence the sustained generation of shareholder value 
through their direct contribution to the Company’s performance.

The LTIs are designed to link reward with the key performance drivers which underpin 
sustainable growth in shareholder value – which comprises EPS, share price growth and 
returns to shareholders. By rewards resulting in share ownership on the achievement of 
demanding targets, this ties remuneration to Company performance as experienced by 
shareholders. The arrangements also support the Company’s strategy for retention and 
motivation of the Executives and senior employees.

The LTI 2008/11 and LTI 2009/12 are performance rights plans which have a 
performance period of three years and performance conditions based on Incitec Pivot’s 
TSR, being the percentage increase in the Company’s share price over the three year 
performance period plus the after tax value of dividends paid, assuming the dividends 
are reinvested in the Company’s shares (Absolute TSR). 

The LTI 2010/13 is a performance rights plan which also has a performance period of 
three years. However, the performance conditions are based on the Company’s TSR 
relative to a comparator group, the S&P/ASX 100 (Relative TSR) and growth in EPS 
(before IMIs).

The method for determining if the performance conditions are met is to test the 
performance conditions once only, following the end of the relevant performance period. 
For the LTI 2008/11 and LTI 2009/12, this is done by reviewing the share price over 
the three year performance period and taking into account dividends paid. For the LTI 
2010/13, this is done by reviewing both the share price over the three year performance 
period relative to the comparator group and the growth in EPS (before IMIs) over  
that period.

Certain employees and Executives based in some jurisdictions participate in long term 
incentive cash plans which are operated by the Group, through its offshore entities.  
Cash plans are used where performance rights are not appropriate by reason of the 
particular jurisdiction. They are designed to deliver a similar benefit to those outlined 
above on achievement of sustained performance over the relevant three year 
performance period, with similar performance conditions as the Long Term Incentive 
Performance Rights Plans.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

19

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

LTI 2008/11
LTI 2009/12
LTI 2010/13

Who participates in the LTI 
2008/11, the LTI 2009/12 and 
the LTI 2010/13?

What form do the LTI 2008/11, 
LTI 2009/12 and LTI 2010/13 
take?

What is the process for  
deciding who will participate  
in the LTI plans?

Executives and other selected managers participate in the LTI 2008/11, the LTI 2009/12 
and the LTI 2010/13.

For details of the Executives’ participation in these Plans refer to tables C.5 and C.6.

The plans are ‘performance rights’ plans which entitle the participant to acquire ordinary 
shares in the Company for no consideration at a later date, subject to the satisfaction 
of certain conditions. As no shares are issued until exercise, performance rights have no 
dividend entitlement.

The decision to grant performance rights and to whom they will be granted is made 
annually by the Board, noting that the grant of performance rights to the Managing 
Director is subject to shareholder approval. Grants of performance rights to participants 
are based on a percentage of the relevant participant’s fixed annual remuneration. 

Whether or not those performance rights will vest is determined in accordance with the 
plan rules for the LTI 2008/11, LTI 2009/12 and LTI 2010/13.

What are the performance 
periods for these plans?

The performance period for the LTI 2008/11 is 1 October 2008 to 30 September 2011.
The performance period for the LTI 2009/12 is 1 October 2009 to 30 September 2012.
The performance period for the LTI 2010/13 is 1 October 2010 to 30 September 2013.

What are the conditions for the 
performance rights under the 
plans to vest and who approved 
the conditions?

The performance rights will only vest if certain conditions are met. The Board approved 
the conditions on the commencement of the relevant plans. The conditions focus on the 
performance of the Company and include a condition relating to duration of employment. 

For the LTI 2008/11 and LTI 2009/12, the performance condition is based on Absolute TSR.

If, at the end of the relevant performance period, Absolute TSR (calculated in accordance 
with the applicable plan rules):
•	

is equal to or less than 10% per annum compounded over the performance period, 
none of the performance rights vest;
is greater than 10% and less than 20% per annum compounded over the 
performance period, an increasing proportion of the performance rights will vest from 
zero on a straight line basis; and
is 20% or more per annum compounded over the performance period, all of the 
performance rights will vest.

•	

•	

For the LTI 2010/13, the Board determined to adopt the following performance conditions:
the Company’s total shareholder returns, relative to a comparator group, the S&P/ASX 
•	
100, with vesting of the performance rights attached to this condition starting where 
the Company’s TSR is above the 50th percentile of the companies in the comparator 
group, ranked by their TSR performance and full vesting in the performance rights 
attached to this condition occurring where the Company’s TSR is equal to or above 
the 75th percentile of the companies in the comparator group ranked by their TSR 
performance; and
Earnings Per Share growth, with vesting of the performance rights attached to 
this condition starting where the compound annual growth rate of the Company’s 
EPS (before IMIs) over the performance period, from the base year (the financial 
year ended 30 September 2010), is equal to or greater than 7% per annum with 
full vesting in the performance rights attached to this condition occurring where 
the compound annual growth rate of the Company’s EPS (before IMIs) over the 
performance period is 15% or greater. This condition is designed to give a total 
shareholder return equivalent to the top quartile of comparable companies in a 
three year period.

•	

These performance conditions are equally weighted.

20

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

LTI 2008/11
LTI 2009/12
LTI 2010/13

When do performance rights 
lapse?

What happens if a participant 
leaves the Group?

Do participants pay for the 
performance rights or the 
shares issued on exercise of 
performance rights?

What performance rights have 
vested under the LTI 2008/11, 
the LTI 2009/12 and the LTI 
2010/13?

Which Executives have been 
granted performance rights 
under these plans?

Performance rights will lapse if the performance conditions are not satisfied during the 
performance period or, in certain circumstances, if a participant ceases to be employed 
by the Group during the performance period. Additionally, under the LTI 2008/11 and the 
LTI 2009/12, the performance rights will also lapse if they are not exercised within five 
years from their grant date.

Generally, the performance rights will lapse except where the participant has 
died, become totally and permanently disabled, is retrenched or retires. In those 
circumstances, the performance rights will be reduced pro rata to the proportion of days 
worked during the relevant performance period. 

Participants do not pay for the performance rights or shares.

LTI 2008/11: no performance rights have vested. 

LTI 2009/12 and LTI 2010/13: these plans are each for a three year period and the 
performance conditions will not be tested until after 30 September 2012 and 
30 September 2013 respectively. 

Refer to table C.5 in respect of performance rights granted to Executives.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

21

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Analysis of relationship between the Group’s performance, shareholder wealth 
and remuneration
In considering the Group’s performance, the benefit to shareholders and appropriate remuneration for the Executives and other 
selected senior employees, the Board, through its Remuneration and Appointments Committee, has regard to financial and non-
financial indices, including the following indices in respect of the current financial year and the preceding four financial years.

Table C.2: Indices relevant to the Board’s assessment of the Group’s performance and the benefit 
to shareholders 

2007(1)

2008(2)

2009

2010

2011

 202.5 

 647.5 

 347.8 

 442.8 

 530.1 

Net Profit After Tax excluding minority interests (before individually material items) 
(NPAT (before IMI)) ($m)

Earnings Per Share (before individually material items) (EPS (before IMI)) (cents) 

Dividends – paid in the financial year – per share (cents) 

 20.1 

 7.5 

Dividends – declared in respect of the financial year – per share (DPS (declared)) (cents) 

 15.0 

Share price ($) (Year End) 

Absolute TSR (3 Year Compound per annum) (%) 

 4.28 

 74 

 60.5 

 21.8 

 29.7 

 5.07 

 93 

 22.6 

 27.3 

 32.5 

 21.6 

 4.4 

 4.1 

 7.8 

 9.3 

 11.5 

 2.83 

 3.59 

 3.27 

 42 

 3 

(10)

(1)

In respect of the financial year ended 30 September 2007, all indices except for Net Profit After Tax excluding minority interests (before individually material items) 
have been restated as a result of the 20:1 share split approved by shareholders in September 2008.

(2) Restated for change in accounting standard. In the financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2009, the Group’s prior year Income Statement (i.e. in 
respect of the year ended 30 September 2008) was restated (reduced) by $13.8m ($9.7m net of tax) thereby reducing NPAT (before individually material items) 
from $657.2m to $647.5m.

The “at risk” or performance related components of the 
Executives’ total remuneration, in the form of short term and 
long term incentives, reward Executives only where value is 
delivered to shareholders, directly linking the reward to the 
Group’s financial results and its overall performance, in the  
case of the long term incentive, over a sustained period of 
three years.

The Company’s approach is to set challenging targets to 
drive the creation of shareholder value with LTI awards being 
made only where there is exceptional performance over a 
sustained period.

The charts on the following page show NPAT, EPS (before 
IMIs) and the total shareholder return to shareholders in the 
Company, compounded over three years and, notably, where 
awards were made under the LTI 2006/08 and LTI 2006/09, 
this was in alignment with the results achieved over the period.

In relation to the short term incentives, for the STI Plan 
2010/11, EPS (before IMIs) has grown 19% for the year ended 
30 September 2011 and, accordingly, as referred to in table C.4, 
Executives have been awarded short term incentives in cash. 

22

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Net Profit After Tax excluding minority interests (before individually 
material items) $m and Dividends Per Share cents declared(1)

$m

800

600

400

200

0

cents

40

30

20

10

0

07

08

09

10

11

NPAT (before IMI)

DPS (declared)

Earnings Per Share (before individually material items) cents(1) 

cents

60

40

20

0

07

08

09

10

11

EPS (before IMI)

Absolute Total Shareholder Return (3 Year Compound per annum) %(1) 
and Year End Share price $(1)

%

100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

$

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

07

08

09

10

11

Absolute TSR (3 Year compound pa)%
Year end share price

(1)

In respect of the 2007 financial year, all indices except for Net Profit After Tax excluding minority interests (before individually material items) have been restated 
as a result of the 20:1 share split approved by shareholders in September 2008.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

23

For the LTI 2008/11, Mr Fazzino’s LTI opportunity was  
between 50% and 100% of fixed annual remuneration and  
was determined by reference to a performance condition  
based on Absolute TSR for the three year performance period  
to 30 September 2011. For the performance rights to vest, 
Absolute TSR of 10% per annum compounded over the 
performance period was required. In order for the performance 
condition to be satisfied in full, Absolute TSR of at least 20% per 
annum compounded over the performance period was required.

On determination of performance measured against the 
performance conditions, in accordance with the LTI 2008/11 
plan rules, none of Mr Fazzino’s performance rights vested.

The LTI 2009/12 and LTI 2010/13 are each for a three year 
period and the performance conditions will not be tested until 
after 30 September 2012 and 30 September 2013 respectively.

Termination by Incitec Pivot

The Company may terminate Mr Fazzino’s employment:
•	

immediately for cause, without payment of any separation 
payment, save as to accrued fixed annual remuneration, 
accrued annual leave and long service leave;
otherwise, without cause, with or without notice, in which 
case the Company must pay a separation payment plus 
accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued annual leave 
and long service leave. The separation payment will be 
equal to 52 weeks of fixed annual remuneration as at the 
date of termination.

Termination by Managing Director & CEO

The agreement provides that Mr Fazzino may terminate his 
employment on six months’ notice.

Effect of termination on long term incentives

In respect of the LTI 2009/12 and LTI 2010/13, generally the 
performance rights will lapse except in circumstances of death, 
total and permanent disablement, retrenchment or retirement. 
In those circumstances, the performance rights will be reduced 
pro rata to the proportion of days worked during the relevant 
performance period. 

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Executives’ remuneration arrangements

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

Mr James Fazzino was appointed as Managing Director & CEO 
on 29 July 2009. The terms of Mr Fazzino’s appointment as 
Managing Director & CEO are set out in a single contract of 
service dated 29 July 2009.

Details of the nature and amount of each element of 
remuneration of the Managing Director & CEO are included  
in table C.3.

The following is a summary of Mr Fazzino’s employment 
arrangements and remuneration.

Fixed annual remuneration

For 2010/11, Mr Fazzino’s fixed annual remuneration was 
$1,944,000, effective 1 January 2011. His fixed annual 
remuneration is reviewed annually having regard to Incitec 
Pivot’s executive remuneration policy. 

STI

Mr Fazzino is eligible to participate in Incitec Pivot’s STI Plan. 

For 2010/11, Mr Fazzino’s STI opportunity was between 
50% and 100% of his fixed annual remuneration and was 
determined by reference to growth in EPS (before IMIs) in the 
2010/11 financial year.

•	

Given EPS (before IMIs) has grown 19% in the 2010/11 
financial year, Mr Fazzino was awarded a STI payment of 
$1,944,000 in respect of the period from 1 October 2010 to 
30 September 2011. 

LTI

Mr Fazzino currently participates in the following LTI Plans:
•	

the LTI 2008/11 pursuant to which Mr Fazzino was issued 
222,482 performance rights as approved by shareholders in 
accordance with the ASX Listing Rules at the 2008 Annual 
General Meeting held on 19 December 2008; 
the LTI 2009/12 pursuant to which Mr Fazzino was issued 
600,000 performance rights as approved by shareholders in 
accordance with the ASX Listing Rules at the 2009 Annual 
General Meeting held on 23 December 2009; and
the LTI 2010/13 pursuant to which Mr Fazzino was issued 
511,364 performance rights as approved by shareholders in 
accordance with the ASX Listing Rules at the 2010 Annual 
General Meeting held on 21 December 2010.

•	

•	

24

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Executive Team 

Termination by Incitec Pivot

Remuneration and other terms of employment for the 
Executives (excluding Mr Fazzino, whose arrangements are set 
out on the previous page) are formalised in service agreements 
between the Executive and the Group, details of which are 
summarised below. Most Executives are engaged on similar 
contractual terms, with minor variations to address differing 
circumstances. The Group’s policy is for service agreements 
for the Executives to be unlimited in term, but capable of 
termination in the manner described below. Details of the 
nature and amount of each element of remuneration of the 
Executives are included in table C.3. 

Fixed annual remuneration

Fixed annual remuneration comprises salary paid in cash and 
mandatory employer superannuation contributions. Fixed 
annual remuneration may also come in other forms such as 
fringe benefits (eg. motor vehicles). 
This component of remuneration is subject to annual review. 
Noting that there was no increase in the fixed annual 
remuneration for the Executives in the 2009/10 financial year, 
for the 2010/11 financial year, the fixed annual remuneration 
for the Executives was increased with effect from 1 January 
2011 by 8% from the 2008/09 levels. Three Executives 
received increases of approximately 10% in line with market 
benchmark data for their roles.

STI

Participation is at the Board’s discretion. For all Executives, for 
the 2010/11 financial year, the STI opportunity was 50% of 
fixed annual remuneration up to a maximum of 100% of fixed 
annual remuneration and was determined with reference to 
performance conditions outlined on page 18. 

LTI

Participation is at the Board’s discretion. For the LTI 2008/11 
and LTI 2009/12, for all Executives the LTI opportunity is 50% 
of fixed annual remuneration up to a maximum of 100% 
of fixed annual remuneration for each plan in which they 
participate (except for Mr Atkinson whose LTI opportunity is 
25% to a maximum of 50% of fixed annual remuneration) and 
vesting of rights is determined with reference to conditions 
based on Absolute TSR. For the LTI 2010/13, for all Executives 
the LTI opportunity is 40% of fixed annual remuneration up 
to a maximum of 80% of fixed annual remuneration and the 
vesting of rights is determined with reference to conditions 
based on Relative TSR and growth in EPS (before IMIs).

Incitec Pivot may terminate the service agreements:
•	

immediately for cause, without payment of any separation 
sum, save as to accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued 
annual leave and long service leave;
on notice in the case of incapacity, and the Company 
must pay a separation payment plus accrued fixed annual 
remuneration, accrued annual leave and long service leave;
otherwise, without cause, with or without notice and 
the Company must pay a separation payment plus accrued 
fixed annual remuneration, accrued annual leave and long 
service leave.

•	

•	

The amount of a separation payment is calculated on a 
‘capped’ number of weeks basis as set out in the contract with 
each Executive and, in the case of Mr Walsh, his contractual 
entitlement has regard to the length of prior service with the 
Orica group. The following table sets out the ‘capped’ number 
of weeks for each Executive.

Mr Frank Micallef
Mrs Kerry Gleeson
Mr Bernard Walsh
Mr James Whiteside
Mr Gary Brinkworth
Mr Stephen Dawson
Mr Brian Wallace
Mr Jamie Rintel
Mr Simon Atkinson

Number of Weeks

26 weeks
26 weeks
61.81 weeks
45.41 weeks
26 weeks
26 weeks
52 weeks
26 weeks
52 weeks 

Termination by the Executive

An Executive may terminate his/her employment on 13 weeks’ 
notice (save for Mr Atkinson who may terminate on 8 weeks’ 
notice) and the Company may require the Executive to serve 
out the notice period or may make payment in lieu.

Effect of termination on long term incentives

In respect of the LTI 2009/12 and LTI 2010/13, generally the 
performance rights will lapse except in circumstances of death, 
total and permanent disablement, retrenchment or retirement. 
In those circumstances, the performance rights will be reduced 
pro rata to the proportion of days worked during the relevant 
performance period. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

25

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Details of Executive remuneration
Table C.3 – Executive remuneration
Details of the remuneration paid to Executives is set out below.

For the year ended 30 September 2011

Short-term benefits

Short Term 
Incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A)

Salary & 
Fees

Post- 
employment 
benefits 

Other 
long term 
benefits(C)

Termination 
benefits

Share-based 
payments

Other 
Short Term 
benefits(B)

Super-
annuation 
benefits

Accounting 
Value(D)

Year

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

Executive  
Current
J E Fazzino
Managing Director 
& CEO

F Micallef(1)
Chief Financial Officer

K J Gleeson 
General Counsel & 
Company Secretary

B C Walsh 
President –
Global Manufacturing

J Whiteside
Chief Operating Officer – 
Supply Chain & Trading

G Brinkworth
Chief Operating Officer –  
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers  
& General Manager – 
Human Resources

S Dawson(2)
President – Dyno Nobel 
Asia Pacific

B Wallace(3)
President – Dyno Nobel 
Americas

J Rintel 
President – Strategy & 
Business Development

S Atkinson(4)
President – New Markets

Former
K Lynch(5)
General Manager – 
Human Resources

D Brinker(6)
General Manager – 
Explosives

A Grace(7)
General Manager  
– Major Projects – 
Moranbah Project  
Director

Total Executives 

2011
2010

2011
2010
2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

2011
2010

1,893 
1,785 

1,944 
1,800 

694 
601 
614 
579 

672 
633 

500 
471 

500 
427 

497 
408 

492 
454 

525 
489 

428 
301 

– 
27 

 – 
164 

–
471 

726 
528 
642 
475 

595
451 

525 
389 

499 
389 

472 
381 

514 
255 

525 
393 

449
258 

–
 – 

 – 
383 

–
389 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
9 

 – 
 – 

 – 
20 

17 
32 

48 
61 

118 
156 

 – 
 – 

 – 
176 

 – 
 – 

15 
15 

15 
14 
15 
15 

15 
15 

15 
15 

15 
15 

15 
13 

7 
16 

15 
15 

15 
11 

– 
1 

 – 
35 

– 
15 

89 
38 

 – 
 – 
17
11 

35 
14 

22 
10 

 – 
 – 

26 
12 

 – 
 – 

4 
24 

8 
6 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

–
9 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
1,003 

899 
431 

285 
128 
265 
175 

290 
192 

217 
141 

205 
85 

166 
42 

222 
108 

225 
93 

145 
41 

 – 
 – 

– 
9 

 – 
 – 

– 
141 

Proportion of 
remuneration 
performance 
related

Share-based 
payments as 
proportion of 
remuneration

%

%

59%
55%

59%
52%
58%
52%

55%
49%

58%
51%

58%
52%

54%
48%

59%
42%

56%
45%

51%
39%

–
0%

– 
0.5%

–
52%

19%
11%

17%
10%
17%
14%

18%
15%

17%
14%

17%
9%

14%
5%

18%
12%

17%
9%

12%
5%

–
0%

– 
0.5%

–
14%

Total 
$000

4,840 
4,069 

1,720 
1,271 
1,553 
1,255 

1,607 
1,305 

1,279 
1,035 

1,219 
916 

1,176 
876 

1,252 
865 

1,342 
1,075 

1,163 
773 

– 
28 

– 
1,770 

– 
1,025 

2011
2010

6,815 
6,810 

6,891 
6,091 

183 
454 

142 
195 

201 
124 

 – 
1,003 

2,919  17,151 
16,263 
1,586 

57%
45%

17%
10%

26

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

(A) Certain STI payments are awarded in US$. Such STI payments were converted to A$ at the spot rate on 30 September 2011, being 0.9782. In respect of  

Mr. Brinker, he received a short term incentive payment in January 2010 in accordance with his contractual entitlements established in 2008 as part of his 
employment arrangements.

(B) Other short term benefits include the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2011: 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011) 

(2010: 1 April 2009 to 31 March 2010), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances. Additionally, all Executives are eligible to 
participate in an annual health assessment program designed to ensure Executives have their health status reviewed on a regular basis.

(C) Other long term benefits represents long service leave accrued during the reporting period.

(D)

In accordance with accounting standards, the share-based payments accounting value included as remuneration represents the fair value of shares, treated as 
options, and rights that have not vested. The value disclosed in table C.3 represents the portion of fair value allocated to this reporting period and is not indicative 
of the benefit, if any, that may be received by the Executive should the performance conditions with respect to the relevant long term incentive plan be satisfied. 
In respect of the LTI 2008/11, the performance conditions have not been satisfied and, while the accounting value is recorded in the table above, no performance 
rights will vest.

External valuation advice from PricewaterhouseCoopers has been used to determine the fair value at grant date of these rights. The fair value at grant date is 
independently determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the right, the impact of dilution, the 
share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the right. 
The fair value has been allocated evenly over the performance period. 

Refer to section C of this Remuneration Report for further details of the LTI 2008/11, the LTI 2009/12, the LTI 2010/13, the LTI performance cash plans and 
LTIs generally.

The terms and conditions of each grant affecting remuneration in this or future reporting periods are as follows: 

Grant date

Vesting date

LTI 2008/11

19/12/2008

30/09/2011

LTI performance  
cash plan 2008/11

19/12/2008

30/09/2011

LTI 2009/12

16/12/2009

30/09/2012

LTI 2010/13 – TSR

23/12/2010

30/09/2013

LTI 2010/13 – EPS

23/12/2010

30/09/2013

Fair Value per share 
treated as rights 
at grant date

$0.30

$0.13 

$1.60

$2.77

$3.76

Date  
exercisable

From 1/10/2011

From 1/10/2011

From 1/10/2012

From 1/10/2013

From 1/10/2013

Exercise  
Price

$nil

$nil

$nil

$nil

$nil

The number of rights for the purposes of remuneration, held by each Executive is referred to in section C of this Remuneration Report and Note 35 to the 
financial statements.

 (1)  Mr Micallef was appointed as Chief Financial Officer during the 2010 financial year. The disclosures for the 2010 financial year are from the date he became 

Chief Financial Officer, 23 October 2009.

 (2)  Mr Dawson became a Key Management Person during the 2010 financial year. The disclosures for the 2010 financial year are from the date he became a 

Key Management Person, 12 November 2009.

 (3) Mr Wallace became a Key Management Person during the 2010 financial year. The disclosures for the 2010 financial year are from the date he became a 

Key Management Person, 12 November 2009. Included within Mr Wallace’s share-based payments accounting value for the 2011 financial year is an amount of 
$4,000 relating to the LTI performance cash plan 2008/11.

 (4) Mr Atkinson became a Key Management Person during the 2010 financial year. The disclosures for the 2010 financial year are from the date he became a  

Key Management Person, 1 January 2010.

 (5) On 16 October 2009, Mr Lynch ceased employment with the Company.

 (6) On 30 November 2009, Mr Brinker ceased employment with the Group. Mr Brinker’s termination benefits received during the 2010 financial year include a 

separation payment, accrued holiday leave and relocation costs. Mr Brinker was entitled to the termination benefits under his employment contract. Except in 
relation to the termination benefits, Mr Brinker’s benefits were converted from US$ to A$ at the average exchange rate for 1 October 2009 to 30 November 2009 
being 0.91323. Termination benefits were converted from US$ to A$ at the spot rate on 30 November 2009 being 0.91290. 

 (7) With Mr Grace’s role as Moranbah Project Director, Mr Grace’s sole focus was the Project and he ceased to be a member of the Executive Team on 

30 September 2010. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

27

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Details of performance related remuneration: short term incentives
Table C.4 – Short term incentives awarded for the year ended 30 September 2011
Details of the vesting profile of the STI payments awarded for the year ended 30 September 2011 as remuneration to each 
Executive are set out below:

Included in remuneration(A) 
$000

% vested in year

% forfeited in year 

Short term incentive 

Executives 
Current

J E Fazzino 

F Micallef

K J Gleeson 

B C Walsh 

J Whiteside

G Brinkworth

S Dawson

B Wallace

J Rintel

S Atkinson

1,944 

726

642

595 

525 

499 

472

514 

525 

449 

100% 

100%

100% 

85%

100%

95% 

90%

100% 

100% 

100% 

– 

– 

– 

15% 

– 

5%

10% 

– 

– 

– 

(A)

In relation to the STI, the amounts included in the remuneration for the financial year represent the amounts that vest in the financial year based on the satisfaction 
of performance conditions under the STI Plan.

28

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Details of performance related remuneration: long term incentives
Table C.5 – Details of long term incentives granted and vested in the year ended 30 September 2011 and the 
vesting profile of long term incentives granted as remuneration  

Grant date

Number 
granted(A) 

Number 
vested(B)

% Vested 
in year

% Forfeited 
in year(C)

Financial 
year in which 
grant vests

Key Management Personnel
Executives 
Current
J E Fazzino

F Micallef (1)

K J Gleeson

B C Walsh

J Whiteside 

G Brinkworth

S Dawson(2)

B Wallace(3)

J Rintel

S Atkinson(4)

Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Cash Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Rights Plan 2009/12
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13

19 December 2008
23 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
16 December 2009
23 December 2010

222,482 
600,000 
511,364 
46,838 
220,000 
150,000 
128,806 
198,000 
135,000 
140,515 
216,000 
147,273 
105,386 
162,000 
110,455 
98,361 
140,000 
110,455 
55,738 
79,333 
108,182 
100,984 
180,494 
111,528 
81,967 
140,000 
130,948 
46,838 
69,333 
94,545 

– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–

0%
 – 
 – 
 0%
 – 
 – 
 0% 
 – 
 – 
 0% 
 – 
 –
 0% 
 – 
 –
0% 
– 
 – 
0% 
– 
 – 
 0% 
 – 
 –
 0% 
 – 
 –
 0% 
 – 
 – 

100% 
 – 
 – 
100% 
 – 
 – 
100% 
 – 
 – 
 100% 
 – 
 – 
 100% 
 – 
 – 
 100% 
 – 
 – 
 100% 
 – 
 – 
100% 
 – 
 – 
100% 
 – 
 – 
 100% 
 – 
 – 

2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013

(A) This includes the number of rights allocated to the participating Executives during the reporting period.
(B) For the 2010/11 financial year, this refers to the number of rights that vested during the reporting period.
(C) The percentage forfeited in the year represents the reduction in the maximum number of rights available to vest due to the performance conditions or other 
conditions not being achieved, noting that the LTI 2009/12 and LTI 2010/13 are not tested until 30 September 2012 and 30 September 2013 respectively.

(1) Mr Micallef’s rights granted under the LTI 2008/11 were granted prior to his appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 23 October 2009.
(2) Mr Dawson’s rights were granted under the LTI 2008/11 prior to him becoming a Key Management Person on 12 November 2009. 
(3) Mr Wallace’s entitlements granted under the LTI performance cash plan 2008/11 were granted prior to him becoming a Key Management Person 

on 12 November 2009. 

(4) Mr Atkinson’s rights were granted under the LTI 2008/11 and the LTI 2009/12 prior to him becoming a Key Management Person on 1 January 2010.

Details of the terms and conditions of each grant of rights made during the reporting period are set out in section C of this 
Remuneration Report and in Notes 35 and 36 to the financial statements including:
•	

the fair value per right at grant date, the exercise price per right, the amount, if any, paid or payable by the recipient, the 
expiry date and the date of exercise; and

•	

a summary of the service and performance criteria that must be met before the beneficial interest vests in the person.

Modification of terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions
No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including shares, treated as options, and rights) granted to a Key 
Management Person have been altered or modified by the issuing entity during the reporting period or the prior period.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

29

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Table C.6 – Analysis of movements in long term incentives during the year ended 30 September 2011 
The movement during the reporting period, by value, of shares, treated as options, and rights for the purposes of remuneration 
held by each Executive is detailed below:
For the year ended 30 September 2011

Granted  
during 2011 as 
remuneration(A)
$000

Vested in 
year(B)
$000

Forfeited  
in year(C)
$000

Exercised  
in year(D)
$000

Key Management Personnel
Executives 
Current
J E Fazzino

F Micallef(1)

K J Gleeson

B C Walsh

J Whiteside 

G Brinkworth(2)

S Dawson(3)

B Wallace(4)

J Rintel(5)

S Atkinson(6)

Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Cash Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10
Performance Rights Plan 2010/13
Performance Rights Plan 2008/11
Performance Share Plan 2007/10

Grant date

23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007
23 December 2010
19 December 2008
12 November 2007

1,670 
 – 
 – 
490 
 – 
 – 
441
 – 
 – 
481 
 – 
 – 
361 
 – 
 – 
361 
 – 
 – 
353 
 – 
 – 
364 
 – 
 – 
428 
 – 
 – 
309 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
67 
 – 
 – 
 14 
 – 
 – 
 39 
 – 
 – 
 42 
 – 
 – 
 32 
 – 
 – 
30 
 – 
 – 
17 
 – 
 – 
 13 
 – 
 – 
 25 
 – 
 – 
 14 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
– 
 – 
 – 
–
 – 
 – 
– 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
–
 – 
 – 
 – 

(A) The value of rights granted in the year is the fair value of those rights calculated at grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of these rights is 
included in the table above. This amount is allocated to the remuneration of the applicable Executive over the vesting period (i.e. in financial years 2011 to 2013 for 
the LTI 2010/13).

(B) The value of rights that vested during the year represents awards to the applicable executives who satisfied the criteria under the LTI performance plan. As the criteria 

(C)

under the LTI 2008/11 were not satisfied, no rights vested during the 2010/11 financial year.
The value of rights that were forfeited during the year represents the benefit foregone and is calculated by reference to the fair value of those rights calculated at 
grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Please refer to footnote (D) of table C.3 for further details of the fair value of performance rights at grant date.

(D) The value of shares, treated as options, exercised during the year represents where shares, treated as options, previously granted as compensation, were exercised 

(by the making of an award) during the reporting period. No awards (in the form of waivers of loans) were granted in relation to the LTI 2007/10.

(1) Mr Micallef’s shares, treated as options, granted under the LTI 2007/10 and rights granted under the LTI 2008/11 were granted prior to him becoming a Key 

Management Person on 23 October 2009.

(2) Mr Brinkworth’s employment commenced on 17 November 2008 and he is not a participant in the LTI 2007/10.
(3) Mr Dawson’s rights were granted under the LTI 2008/11 prior to him becoming a Key Management Person on 12 November 2009. Mr Dawson is not a participant in 

the LTI 2007/10.

(4) Mr Wallace’s shares, treated as options, under the LTI 2007/10 and entitlement under the LTI performance cash plan 2008/11 were granted prior to him becoming a 

Key Management Person on 12 November 2009. 

(5) Mr Rintel’s shares, treated as options, under the LTI 2007/10 were granted prior to his appointment as a Key Management Person on 1 June 2008. 
(6) Mr Atkinson’s rights were granted under the LTI 2008/11 and shares, treated as options, were granted under the LTI 2007/10 prior to him becoming a Key 

Management Person on 1 January 2010.

The minimum value of shares, which are treated as options, and rights yet to vest is $nil as the performance criteria may not be met and, in such circumstances, there 
would be no vesting. This does not apply to shares, which are treated as options, that vested during the reporting period. The maximum value of shares, which are treated 
as options, and rights yet to vest is not determinable as it depends on the market price of the Company’s shares on the ASX at the date of exercise. This does not apply to 
shares, which are treated as options, or rights, that vested during the reporting period.

30

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Statement

The Board is committed to achieving and demonstrating the 
highest standards of corporate governance. Since Incitec Pivot’s 
listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in July 2003, 
the Board has implemented, and operated in accordance with, 
a set of corporate governance principles which the Board sees 
as fundamental to the Company’s continued growth and success 
and the achievement of its corporate ambition and strategy. 

The Board continues to review its corporate governance 
framework and practices to ensure they meet the interests 
of shareholders and are consistent with the ASX Corporate 
Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations (ASX Recommendations), revisions to 
which were released by the ASX Corporate Governance 
Council on 30 June 2010 and which are applicable to financial 
years commencing on or after 1 January 2011 (Revised 
Recommendations). Although the Revised Recommendations 
will not be applicable to Incitec Pivot until the 2011/12 
financial year, the Board reviewed its corporate governance 
framework and practices and has, where possible, introduced 
changes, for example to its Charter for the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee, and such changes are referred 
to in this Corporate Governance Statement. This Corporate 
Governance Statement outlines the key aspects of the 
Company’s corporate governance framework. This statement 
is structured and numbered in the order of the Principles set 
out in the ASX Recommendations. It includes cross-references 
to other relevant information in this Annual Report and the 
Company’s charters, policies and codes, details of which are 
available on the Company’s website, www.incitecpivot.com.au. 

The Board considers that Incitec Pivot’s corporate  
governance framework and practices have complied with the 
ASX Recommendations throughout the year ended  
30 September 2011.

Summaries or copies of the charters, policies and codes referred 
to in this statement are available on the corporate governance 
section of Incitec Pivot’s website, www.incitecpivot.com.au. 

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for 
management and oversight
Role of the Board and management
The Board of directors of Incitec Pivot is responsible for charting 
the direction, policies, strategies and financial objectives of the 
Company. The Board serves the interests of the Company and 
its shareholders, as well as Incitec Pivot’s other stakeholders 
such as employees, customers and the community, in a manner 
designed to create and continue to build sustainable value for 
the Company. 

The Board operates in accordance with the broad principles set 
out in its Board Charter. A copy of the Board Charter is available 
on the corporate governance section of the Company’s website, 
www.incitecpivot.com.au. The Charter sets out the Board’s own 
tasks and activities as well as the matters it has reserved for its 
own consideration and decision-making.

The Board Charter has specifically reserved a number of key 
matters for consideration and decision by the Board. These 
responsibilities include:
•	

Direction and objectives
Direction and objectives
Direction and objectives – approving the Company’s 
 – approving the Company’s 
corporate strategy and budgets;
Compliance
Compliance
Compliance – ensuring and monitoring compliance with all 
 – ensuring and monitoring compliance with all 
laws, governmental regulations and accounting standards;

•	

•	

•	

Ethical
Ethical
Ethical – monitoring and influencing Incitec Pivot’s culture 
 – monitoring and influencing Incitec Pivot’s culture 
and implementing procedures and principles to promote 
ethical and responsible decision-making and confidence in 
Incitec Pivot’s integrity; and
Managing Director & CEO and direct reports
Managing Director & CEO and direct reports
Managing Director & CEO and direct reports – appointing 
 – appointing 
the Managing Director & CEO and the direct reports to 
the Managing Director & CEO, monitoring management’s 
performance and reviewing executive succession planning.

Each year, as provided for by the Board Charter, the Board 
undertakes an annual performance evaluation, comparing its 
performance against its Charter, setting objectives and effecting 
any improvements to the Charter. 

To assist the Board in meeting its responsibilities, the Board 
currently has the following three Committees:
•	
•	
•	

the Audit and Risk Management Committee;
the Remuneration and Appointments Committee; and
the Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee.

The Board Charter provides that the Board may establish 
other committees of the Board from time to time as may be 
necessary to deal with specific matters. 

Each of these Committees has its own Charter which establishes 
the Committee’s terms of reference and operating procedures. 
In line with the Board Charter, each Board Committee is to 
review its performance at least annually, review its Charter 
annually, recommend any changes to the Board and report 
regularly to the Board as to its activities. Further information 
about the governance framework and activities of the 
Committees is set out in this statement.

Day-to-day management of Incitec Pivot’s affairs and the 
implementation of the corporate strategy and policy initiatives 
are formally delegated to the Managing Director & CEO. The 
Delegated and Reserved Powers Policy details the authority 
delegated to the Managing Director & CEO, including the limits 
on the way in which the Managing Director & CEO can exercise 
that authority. A summary of the Delegated and Reserved 
Powers Policy is set out on the corporate governance section 
of the Company’s website, www.incitecpivot.com.au. 

Management performance evaluation
As part of the Board’s oversight of executive management, 
all Incitec Pivot executives are subject to annual performance 
reviews. The annual review involves each executive being 
evaluated by their immediate superior, normally the  
Managing Director & CEO. The executive is assessed against 
agreed performance objectives including business/financial/
operational targets, functional/managerial goals and 
personal accountabilities. 

The outcomes of performance reviews are directly related to 
remuneration levels for all executives. The Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee has overall responsibility for ensuring 
performance evaluation processes are in place for all executives 
and that such evaluations are linked to executive remuneration. 
Incitec Pivot’s policy in relation to executive remuneration is set 
out in the Remuneration Report.

The Remuneration and Appointments Committee also considers 
the performance and remuneration of the Managing Director 
& CEO and makes recommendations as to his remuneration to 
the Board.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

31

Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Statement

The performance evaluation of the Managing Director & CEO 
is conducted by the Chairman and the Board. This evaluation 
involves an assessment of a range of performance standards  
as determined by the Board, including the overall performance 
of the Company.

Mr John Watson and Mr Anthony Larkin are retiring by rotation 
and standing for re-election at the 2011 Annual General 
Meeting. Ms Rebecca McGrath, who was appointed by the 
Board as a director on 15 September 2011, will stand for 
re-election at the 2011 Annual General Meeting.

The executive performance evaluations for the 2009/10 
financial year were conducted in the final quarter of the 2010 
calendar year in accordance with the process outlined above. 
Performance evaluations for the 2010/11 financial year are 
being conducted in the final quarter of the 2011 calendar year 
in accordance with the process outlined above. 

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value
Composition of the Board
Incitec Pivot’s Constitution requires that the Company must 
have not less than three, and not more than nine, directors. 
Under the Company’s Board Charter, the number of directors 
and composition of the Board is determined having regard to 
what is appropriate for Incitec Pivot to achieve efficient and 
prudent decision making. The Board will consist of a majority  
of non-executive, independent directors.

The Board comprises eight directors, including seven non-
executive directors and one executive director (being the 
Managing Director & CEO). The Company engages all non-
executive directors by a letter of appointment setting out the 
key terms and responsibilities of their role.

The directors were appointed on the following dates:
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

John Watson: 15 December 1997;
Allan McCallum: 15 December 1997;
Anthony Larkin: 1 June 2003;
James Fazzino: 18 July 2005;
John Marlay: 20 December 2006; 
Graham Smorgon: 19 December 2008; 
Paul Brasher: 29 September 2010; and
Rebecca McGrath: 15 September 2011.

Incitec Pivot aims to have directors with an appropriate range 
of skills, experience and expertise and an understanding of, and 
competence to deal with, current and emerging issues in the 
Group’s business. Incitec Pivot’s succession plans are designed 
to maintain an appropriate balance of skills, experience and 
expertise on the Board.

In these respects, the Board collectively has significant 
commercial, business, operational and financial experience 
in a range of industries. The directors all bring skills and 
expertise which, in aggregate, combine to form a Board which 
is equipped to discharge its responsibilities. The directors’ 
biographies along with their term of office and information 
about their skills, expertise and experience are set out on  
pages 8 and 9 of this Annual Report.

The ASX Listing Rules require that no member of the Board 
(other than the Managing Director & CEO) may serve for more 
than three years without being re-elected by shareholders at 
an annual general meeting of the Company.

The Company’s Constitution provides that, at each annual 
general meeting, one-third of the directors (not including the 
Managing Director & CEO) must retire and are eligible to be 
re-elected by the shareholders. 

The Managing Director & CEO serves as a director until he 
ceases to be the Managing Director & CEO.

The roles of Chairman and Managing Director & CEO 
are separate.

The Board’s role is assisted by the Company Secretary. The 
Company Secretary is responsible for assisting the Chairman in 
developing and maintaining information systems and processes 
that are appropriate for the Board to fulfil its role and to 
achieve Incitec Pivot’s objectives. The Company Secretary is also 
responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures 
and the Constitution are complied with. The Board appoints and 
removes the Company Secretary and the Company Secretary 
is accountable to the Board, through the Chairman, on all 
governance matters.

Board meetings
Details of the Board meetings held during the 2010/11 
financial year are set out on page 10 of this Annual Report. 

The Board holds 10 scheduled meetings during each year, plus 
any extraordinary meetings that may be necessary to address 
any significant matters, as and when they arise.

Materials for Board meetings are circulated to directors in 
advance. The agendas for meetings are formulated with  
input from the Managing Director & CEO and the Chairman. 
Directors are free to nominate matters for inclusion on the 
agenda for any Board meeting. Presentations to the Board  
are frequently made by executives and senior management, 
and telecommunications technologies may be used to  
facilitate participation.

Director independence
The Board comprises a majority of independent non-
executive directors. 

The Board, excluding the director in question, will regularly 
assess the independence of each director, in light of any 
interest disclosed by them. The Board considers all of the 
circumstances relevant to a director in determining whether the 
director is independent and free from any interest, relationship 
or matter which could, or may reasonably be expected to, 
interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of 
the Company. A range of factors is considered by the Board in 
assessing the independence of its directors, including those set 
out in the ASX Recommendations.

In assessing the independence of a director, consideration 
is given to the underlying purpose behind any relationship 
a director may have with a third party that is identified 
as relevant to the assessment and overall purpose of 
independence. In determining whether a sufficiently 
material relationship (as defined in Box 2.1 of the ASX 
Recommendations) exists between Incitec Pivot and a third 
party for the purposes of determining the independence of a 
director, the Board has regard to all the circumstances of the 
relationship, including among other things:
•	

the value (in terms of aggregate and proportionate expenses 
or revenues) that the relationship represents to both Incitec 
Pivot and the third party;

32

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

•	

•	

the strategic importance of the relationship to Incitec Pivot’s 
business; and
the extent to which the services provided by or to Incitec 
Pivot are integral to the operation of Incitec Pivot’s business, 
including the extent to which the services provided are 
unique and not readily replaceable. 

The Committee is to meet as frequently as required but not  
less than four times a year.

The attendance of the members of the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee at each meeting held during the 
financial year ended 30 September 2011 is set out on page 
10 of this Annual Report.

The Board considers that each of John Watson, Allan McCallum, 
Anthony Larkin, John Marlay, Graham Smorgon, Paul Brasher 
and Rebecca McGrath are independent when assessed on the 
criteria above, taking into account all the relevant interests, 
matters and relationships of the particular director. As Managing 
Director & CEO of the Company, James Fazzino is not considered 
to be an independent director. In summary, of the eight 
directors, the Board considers seven directors are independent.

The Board Charter requires that an independent non-executive 
director hold the position of Chairman.

Access to information and independent advice
Directors are entitled to full access to the information required 
to discharge their responsibilities. Subject to obtaining the prior 
approval of the Chairman, the directors have the right to seek 
independent professional advice at Incitec Pivot’s expense to 
assist in carrying out their Board duties.

Remuneration and Appointments Committee
The Remuneration and Appointments Committee has a 
Charter approved by the Board. A copy of the Charter for the 
Remuneration and Appointments Committee is available on 
the corporate governance section of the Company’s website, 
www.incitecpivot.com.au. Under its Charter, the Committee:
nominations and appointments
nominations and appointments – assists and advises the 
 – assists and advises the 
nominations and appointments
•	
Board on director selection and appointment practices, 
performance evaluation, Board composition, succession 
planning for the Board and senior management and 
oversees the development of strategies to address Board 
diversity; and
remuneration
remuneration
remuneration – assists and advises the Board on 
 – assists and advises the Board on 
remuneration policies and practices for the Board, the 
Managing Director & CEO, the Executive Team, senior 
management and other employees, for such to be designed 
to enable Incitec Pivot to attract, retain and motivate its 
people to create value for shareholders.

•	

In relation to Board nominations and appointments, under the 
Board Charter, the process of selection and appointment of 
new directors to the Board is that, when a vacancy arises or an 
existing non-executive director retires, the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee will, having regard to the skills and 
competencies represented on the Board and the competencies 
required, implement a process to identify suitable candidates 
with the process to include a search being undertaken by an 
appropriate third party. In turn, under the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee Charter, the Committee will make 
recommendations to the Board for the appointment of new 
Board members having regard to a number of factors including 
a candidate’s judgment, skill, diversity and experience. When 
the Board considers that a suitable candidate has been found, 
that person is appointed by the Board to fill a casual vacancy 
in accordance with Incitec Pivot’s constitution, however must 
stand for re-election by shareholders at the next annual  
general meeting.

The Committee comprises three independent non-executive 
directors, being John Marlay (Chairman), John Watson and  
Paul Brasher. 

Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee
The Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee 
has a Charter approved by the Board. A copy of the Charter 
is available on the corporate governance section of the 
Company’s website, www.incitecpivot.com.au. The Committee 
was established in February 2007 to assist the Board in 
discharging its overall responsibilities in relation to health, 
safety, environment and community matters arising out of the 
Company’s activities as they may affect employees, contractors, 
and the local communities in which it operates. The Charter 
provides for the Committee members to comprise at least four 
members, three of whom will be non-executive directors and 
one will be the Managing Director & CEO. The current members 
of the Committee are Allan McCallum (Chairman), John Watson, 
Graham Smorgon and James Fazzino.

The Committee is to meet as frequently as required but not less 
than four times a year. The attendance of the members of the 
Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee at each 
meeting held during the financial year ended 30 September 
2011 is set out on page 10 of this Annual Report.

Performance evaluations
Incitec Pivot recognises the importance of regular performance 
evaluations of its directors. Assessment of individual directors’ 
performance and that of the Board is a process determined 
by the Chairman and the Remuneration and Appointments 
Committee. Performance assessments are intended to assist 
the Board in carrying out its responsibilities (as set out in its 
Charter) and ensure the Board remains effective. The Board’s 
annual performance review took place in August 2011 by 
way of self-assessment of the Board’s role, structure and 
processes, as well as the Board’s performance in meeting its 
responsibilities under its Charter. The outcomes of that review 
are included in the 2011/12 objectives for the Board and will 
be implemented throughout the Company’s 2011/12 financial 
year. In addition, one-on-one interviews occurred between each 
director and the Chairman. For the directors who are retiring 
by rotation and standing for re-election at the 2011 Annual 
General Meeting, Mr John Watson and Mr Anthony Larkin, their 
performance was reviewed as part of their nomination for 
re-election. Periodically, the Board engages external consultants 
to undertake comprehensive reviews of the effectiveness of the 
Board. The next external review is scheduled to take place in 
the 2011/12 financial year.

The Remuneration and Appointments Committee is responsible 
for developing and reviewing induction procedures for new 
appointees to the Board to enable them to effectively discharge 
their duties. The Charter for the Committee provides that the 
induction procedures should enable new appointees to gain an 
understanding of the Company’s financial, strategic, operational 
and risk management position, the culture and values of Incitec 
Pivot, the rights, duties and responsibilities of the directors, the 
roles and responsibilities of senior executives, the role of Board 
Committees and meeting arrangements and director interaction. 
In this respect, the Company is in compliance with the Revised 
Recommendations.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

33

Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Statement

Additionally, the Committee ensures that continuous education 
measures are in place to enhance director competencies, keep 
directors up to date and enhance directors’ knowledge and 
skills. The measures are to include having access to education 
concerning key developments in the Company and in the 
industry in which Incitec Pivot operates. In this respect, the 
Company is in compliance with the Revised Recommendations.

Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible 
decision-making
Codes of conduct 
Incitec Pivot is committed to operating to the highest standards 
of ethical behaviour and honesty with full regard for the safety 
and health of its employees, customers, the wider community 
and the environment.

The Company has codes of conduct which set ethical  
standards for directors, senior management and employees. 
The codes describe core principles designed to ensure ethical 
conduct is maintained in the interests of shareholders and  
other stakeholders. 

In particular, Incitec Pivot’s key codes of conduct, copies of 
which are available on the corporate governance section of  
the Company’s website, www.incitecpivot.com.au, are:
•	

Incitec Pivot’s Code of Ethics – Compliance Policies and 
Guide
Guide, which is a code of conduct for all employees. The 
Guide, which is a code of conduct for all employees. The 
Code’s key principles require employees to comply with the 
letter and spirit of the laws affecting Incitec Pivot’s business, 
as well as the Company’s policies and codes; to act honestly 
and with integrity, and to strive to earn and maintain the 
respect and trust of co-employees, customers and the 
wider community; to use Incitec Pivot’s resources, including 
information systems, in an appropriate and responsible 
way; to work safely and with due regard for the safety and 
well-being of fellow employees, contractors, customers 
and all persons affected by Incitec Pivot’s operations or 
products; to avoid situations which involve or may involve a 
conflict between their personal interests and the interests of 
Incitec Pivot; to have due regard for cultural diversity in the 
workplace; and to respect the environment and ensure that 
work activities are managed in an acceptable manner so as 
to give benefit to society.
Incitec Pivot’s Code of Conduct for Directors and Senior 
Management
Management, which sets out additional ethical standards  
Management, which sets out additional ethical standards  
for directors and senior management reporting to the 
Managing Director & CEO. 
Incitec Pivot’s Health, Safety, Environment & Community 
Policy, which sets out the Company’s commitment to 
Policy
Policy, which sets out the Company’s commitment to 
its values of “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere” and 
“Care for the Community and our Environment”. The Policy 
provides that the Company will establish and maintain 
health and safety management standards and systems in 
compliance with relevant industry standards and regulatory 
requirements, and that the Company will provide a safe and 
healthy working environment. The Policy also provides for 
the Company to conduct its operations in compliance with 
all relevant environmental licences and regulations, and to 
strive to be a valued corporate citizen in the communities in 
which it operates.

•	

•	

34

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Whistleblower protection
Employees are encouraged to raise any concerns, including 
those arising out of activities or behaviour that may not be 
in accordance with Incitec Pivot’s codes of conduct, any of 
its other policies, or any other regulatory requirements with 
management, the human resources team or the legal and 
compliance team. Employees can also raise concerns about 
breaches of the Company’s regulatory obligations or internal 
policies or procedures on an anonymous basis through its 
whistleblower reporting system. The Group Whistleblower 
Protection Policy protects employees who raise concerns about 
suspected breaches of Incitec Pivot’s Code of Ethics, policies or 
the law. Incitec Pivot’s whistleblower reporting system meets 
all relevant Australian legislative requirements, and Australian 
Standard AS8004 (Whistleblower Protection Programs for 
Entities). Reports on the operation of the system are made  
to the Audit and Risk Management Committee.

Share ownership and dealing
The Board has adopted a Share Trading Policy which regulates 
dealings in the Company’s shares. The policy aims to ensure 
that Incitec Pivot’s directors, employees, advisors, auditors  
and consultants (staff) are aware of the legal restrictions  
on trading in securities while a person is in possession of  
inside information.

Under the policy, all staff are prohibited from trading in the 
Company’s shares while in possession of inside information. 
Also, there are certain “black out” periods, from the end of 
the financial year or half year until two business days after  
the relevant financial results are announced, where trading  
is prohibited.

In addition, certain members of staff (for example, directors, 
the direct reports to the Managing Director & CEO, and those 
in the finance units) are “designated employees” and as such 
may not deal in shares in the Company outside of “black out” 
periods unless, prior to the dealing, the relevant person has 
notified the Company Secretary and given written confirmation 
that they are not in possession of price sensitive information 
and received an acknowledgement of the confirmation from 
the Company Secretary. Additionally, “designated employees” 
must not enter into hedging arrangements which operate to 
limit the economic risk of their security holding in Incitec Pivot. 
In the case of the Company Secretary, she must notify the 
Chairman or Managing Director & CEO of the proposed share 
trading and must also give the same written confirmation 
as a “designated employee” to the effect that she is not in 
possession of price sensitive information.

All directors have entered into agreements with Incitec Pivot 
under which they agree to provide details of changes in 
their notifiable interests in Incitec Pivot’s shares within three 
business days after the date of change, enabling the ASX to  
be notified of any share dealings by a director within five 
business days of the dealing taking place, as required by the 
ASX Listing Rules.

The Company’s Share Trading Policy is available on the 
corporate governance section of Incitec Pivot’s website,  
www.incitecpivot.com.au. The Company’s Share Trading Policy  
is in compliance with the requirements under the relevant 
ASX Listing Rules.

Details of shares in the Company held by the directors are set 
out in Note 35, Key Management Personnel disclosures.

Diversity
The Revised Recommendations, with regard to diversity, take 
effect for Incitec Pivot in its 2011/12 financial year, when 
Incitec Pivot will establish a policy addressing gender diversity 
as required by the Revised Recommendations. 

However, in the meantime, Incitec Pivot has already introduced 
a number of changes within its governance framework, 
for example, under its Charter, the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee is charged with:

•	

•	

reviewing and reporting to the Board about the proportion 
of women at all levels of the Company; and
overseeing the development of, and making 
recommendations to the Board about strategies to address 
diversity, including the development of a diversity policy.

The Board has a number of initiatives in place to ensure a 
diverse board, including placing diversity on the agenda 
regularly for meetings of the Remuneration and Appointments 
Committee and establishing a process to regularly assess the 
skills, experience and background of the Board members 
with a view to ensuring a diverse mix relative to the Group’s 
business and operations. In addition, the Chairman participated 
in the AICD ASX 200 Chairmen’s mentoring program which was 
designed to assist in the development of a broader pool of 
Board candidates. 

During the 2010/11 financial year, in furtherance of the  
Group’s recognition of the important contribution made to its 
business and operations by its people working across many 
different countries, with diverse experience, background, 
age, gender and cultural association, Incitec Pivot established 
a Diversity Council. 

The Diversity Council was formed in recognition of the 
challenges presented by the industries within which the Group 
operates and the nature of its operations, which includes 
heavy manufacturing sites and remote and regional operations. 
The remit of the Diversity Council is to champion, influence 
and support the Company’s diversity agenda, leading to the 
development of a diversity strategy directly relevant to Incitec 
Pivot’s business and operations.

The Diversity Council has undertaken a diagnostic of the Group’s 
operations and practices, accessing qualitative and quantitative 
data which has lead to the development of key priorities for 
diversity in 2012, including:
•	
•	

reward and recognition practices; and
an indigenous employment program noting that in 2011 
Incitec Pivot signed the Australian Employment Covenant.

Underpinning these priorities is the Group’s continued 
focus on leadership development. The Group’s leadership 
program, in place since 2010, was designed to create a strong 
organisational climate resulting from enhanced employee 
engagement, which independent research has shown leads 
to outstanding performance. This leadership program will 
be reviewed in 2012 with a view to establishing a clearer 
understanding of diversity among leaders.

In 2011, as was the case in 2010, the Company received 
confirmation from the Australian Government’s Equal 
Opportunity for Women in the Workplace Agency that it 
was compliant with the Equal Opportunity for Women in the 
Workplace Act 1999. The table below shows the percentage  
of females employed in the following categories as at  
30 September 2011. 

Board
Executive
Management
Global

% Females at 30 September 2011

12% 
10% 
13.7%
14.2%

In accordance with the Revised Recommendations, Incitec Pivot 
will commence reporting on its diversity policy in the 2012 
Annual Report. 

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in 
financial reporting
Audit and Risk Management Committee
The Audit and Risk Management Committee has a Charter 
approved by the Board. The Committee assists the Board in its 
review of financial reporting principles and policies, controls 
and procedures, internal control and risk management and 
internal audit. It also assists the Board in its review of the 
integrity and reliability of the Company’s financial statements, 
the external audit and the Company’s compliance with legal 
and regulatory requirements.

The current members of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee are Anthony Larkin (Chairman), Graham Smorgon 
and Paul Brasher, all of whom are independent non-
executive directors. 

The qualifications of those directors appointed to the Audit 
and Risk Management Committee are set out on pages 8 and  
9 of this Annual Report.

The Committee meets as frequently as required but not less 
than four times a year. The Committee reviews its performance 
by self-assessment at least annually.

The attendance of the members of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee at each meeting held during the 
financial year ended 30 September 2011 is set out on page 
10 of this Annual Report.

The internal and external auditors, the Managing Director & 
CEO and the Chief Financial Officer are invited to attend Audit 
and Risk Management Committee meetings. The Committee 
regularly meets with the internal and external auditors without 
management being present.

The primary objectives of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, as set out in its Charter, are as follows:

Financial reporting 
•	

•	

•	

•	

review of reports and analyses – review management, 
internal audit and external audit reports and analyses of 
financial reporting issues;
review of financial statements – review all audited financial 
statements and all other financial information prior to 
release through the ASX to shareholders and the financial 
community;
accounting policies – review the critical accounting policies 
with external auditors and management; and
Managing Director & CEO and Chief Financial Officer 
certification – review the certification provided by the 
Managing Director & CEO and the Chief Financial Officer on 
annual and half-yearly reports.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

35

Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Statement

Internal control and risk management
•	

risk management strategies – receive reports from 
management, the internal auditor and external auditor 
concerning risk management principles and policies, 
strategies, processes and controls and concerning the 
processes for determining and monitoring material 
business risks;
risk reports and monitoring – receive reports from 
management on risk implications from new and emerging 
risks, changes in the economic and business environment 
and other factors relevant to the Group’s performance and 
strategy; receive reports from management and monitor 
resolution of significant risk exposures;
compliance – receive reports from management, monitor 
and oversee compliance with applicable laws relating to the 
operation of the business and review and monitor policies 
and systems to manage compliance risk; 
disclosure – review the form of disclosure to be made in 
the Annual Report given by the Managing Director & CEO 
and Chief Financial Officer as to the effectiveness of the 
Company’s management of material business risks; and 
insurance – receive reports from management and monitor 
the insurance strategy of the Group and recommend 
approval or variation of insurance policies.

External audit
•	

appointment/replacement – manage the relationship 
between the Company and the external auditor including 
making recommendations to the Board on the selection, 
evaluation and replacement of the external auditor;
terms of engagement – determine the terms of engagement 
and remuneration of the external auditor and make 
recommendations to the Board;
effectiveness and independence – monitor the effectiveness 
and independence of the external auditor, including 
requiring the external auditor to prepare and deliver an 
annual statement as to its independence;
scope of audit – review the scope of the external audit 
with the external auditor; and
non-audit services – review and assess the provision of 
non-audit services by the external auditor, provide pre-
approval or otherwise of all non-audit services which may 
be provided by the external auditor and ensure disclosure to 
shareholders of the Committee’s approval of non-audit work.

Internal audit
•	

appointment/replacement – evaluate the expertise 
and experience of potential internal auditors and make 
recommendations to the Board on the selection, evaluation 
and replacement of the internal auditor;
terms of engagement – determine the terms of engagement 
and remuneration of the internal auditor and make 
recommendations to the Board;
scope of audit and plan – review and assess the scope of the 
audit and the internal audit plan;
internal audit findings – receive summaries of significant 
reports to management from the internal auditor, 
management’s response and the internal auditor’s 
recommendations; 
monitor internal audit plan – monitor, and review compliance 
with, and the effectiveness of implementation of, audit 
plans of the internal auditor; and

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

36

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

•	

assessment – conduct an annual assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal controls and financial 
reporting procedures.

External auditor
The role of the external auditor is to provide an independent 
opinion that the Company’s financial reports are true and fair 
and comply with the applicable regulations.

KPMG is the Company’s external auditor.

The lead audit partner and review partner of the Company’s 
external auditor rotate every five years. The current lead audit 
partner was appointed for the 2006/07 audit of the Company, 
replacing the lead audit partner and review partner previously 
appointed for the audits from 2002/03. The current review 
partner was appointed for the 2010/11 audit of the Company.

Restrictions are placed on non-audit work performed by the 
auditor and projects outside the scope of the audit require 
the approval of the Audit and Risk Management Committee. 
Further details are set out in Note 7 to the financial statements, 
Auditor’s remuneration.

Since KPMG’s appointment, KPMG’s lead audit partner and 
other representatives from KPMG have attended the Company’s 
annual general meetings and were available to answer 
questions from shareholders, as appropriate.

For the next Annual General Meeting to be held on 20 
December 2011, the lead audit partner or appropriate 
alternates will attend. Shareholders have the right under the 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) to submit written questions on 
certain topics to the auditor and the auditor may table answers 
to such questions at the Annual General Meeting.

KPMG was appointed as auditor of the Company on 4 
September 2003 following the merger with Incitec Fertilizers 
Limited. Since that time, KPMG has conducted the audit in 
an effective and competent manner. Given KPMG’s tenure, 
the Board undertook a detailed review of accounting firms 
with the necessary capabilities to undertake the Company’s 
audit. Following this review, the directors recommended the 
appointment of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu as auditor of the 
Company in respect of the financial year commencing 1 October 
2011 and a resolution to this effect is to be proposed at the 
2011 Annual General Meeting.

Internal auditor
During the financial year ended 30 September 2011,  
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu was the Company’s internal  
auditor, undertaking internal audits to an annual plan  
approved by the Audit and Risk Management Committee. 
With the proposed appointment of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
as external auditor, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu will cease to be 
internal auditor. Management has established an internal audit 
function and this function’s internal audit plan will be approved 
by the Committee.

Principle 5: Make timely and 
balanced disclosure
The Company is subject to continuous disclosure obligations 
under the ASX Listing Rules and Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 
Subject to some limited exceptions, under the continuous 
disclosure requirements, the Company must immediately 
notify the market, through ASX, of any information which a 
reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on 
the price or value of the Company’s shares.

To achieve these objectives and satisfy the regulatory 
requirements, the Board has implemented a Continuous 
Disclosure Policy. The Policy aims to ensure the proper and 
timely disclosure of information to shareholders and the market 
in several ways, including:
•	

in annual reports and financial statements, releases of 
results to ASX each half and full year, and at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting;
releasing price sensitive announcements and other relevant 
significant announcements directly to the market via ASX;
conducting briefings with analysts and institutions from time 
to time – in doing so, Incitec Pivot recognises the importance 
of ensuring that any price sensitive information provided 
during these briefings is made available to all shareholders 
and the market at the same time and in accordance with 
the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), ASX 
and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission; 
and
providing information on the Company’s website, which 
contains information about the Company and its activities, 
including statutory reports and investor information.

•	

•	

•	

The Policy appoints the Company Secretary as the Continuous 
Disclosure Officer whose role includes providing announcements 
to the ASX and ensuring senior management and employees 
are kept informed of the Company’s obligations and the 
accountability of the Company and its directors, officers and 
employees for compliance with the disclosure rules.

The Company’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available on  
the corporate governance section of Incitec Pivot’s website, 
www.incitecpivot.com.au. 

Principle 6: Respect the rights 
of shareholders
Incitec Pivot is committed to giving all shareholders 
comprehensive, timely and equal access to information  
about its activities so as to enable shareholders to make 
informed investment decisions and effectively exercise  
their rights as shareholders. 

The Shareholder Communications Policy aims to ensure:
•	

that the Company’s announcements are presented in a 
factual, clear and balanced way;
that all shareholders have equal and timely access to 
material information concerning the Company; and
shareholder access to information about, and shareholder 
participation in, general meetings of the Company.

•	

•	

The Company regularly reviews the methods by which it 
communicates with shareholders so as to ensure it can 
make best use of new technologies to enhance shareholder 
communication. The Company places all relevant announcements 
made to the market, and related information, on the Company’s 
website after they have been released to the ASX. 

The Shareholder Communications Policy is available on the 
corporate governance section of Incitec Pivot’s website,  
www.incitecpivot.com.au.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk
Risk oversight and management
Risk is present in all aspects of Incitec Pivot’s business. 
It has the potential to impact people, the environment, 

the community and the reputation, assets and financial 
performance of the Group. Incitec Pivot is committed to the 
effective management of risk, which is central to its continued 
growth and success and the achievement of the Group’s 
corporate objective and strategy. 

Incitec Pivot has adopted a Group Risk Policy for the oversight 
and management of material business risks and manages 
risk within a comprehensive risk management process which 
is consistent with the Australian/New Zealand Standard for 
Risk Management (AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009). A key element 
of this risk management process is the Board’s assessment of 
risk, which is based on the level of risk Incitec Pivot is able to 
sustain in achieving its corporate objective of delivering value to 
shareholders. Risks are identified, analysed and prioritised using 
common methodologies and risk controls are designed and 
implemented having regard to the overall corporate strategy.

The risk controls adopted by Incitec Pivot are administered  
via a Group-wide framework, and include:
•	

identifying, evaluating, treating, monitoring, and 
reporting on material business risks to the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee;
the internal audit function;
annual budgeting and monthly reporting systems to monitor 
performance;
delegations of authority;
guidelines for the authorisation of capital expenditure;
a compliance program supported by approved guidelines 
and standards covering health, safety and environment,  
and regulatory compliance;
policies and procedures for the management of financial 
risk and treasury operations, including exposures to foreign 
currencies and movements in interest rates;
a letter of assurance process to provide assurance from 
management that all controls are in place and operating 
appropriately; and
business continuity plans.

•	
•	

•	
•	
•	

•	

•	

•	

A summary of the Group Risk Policy is available on the 
corporate governance section of Incitec Pivot’s website,  
www.incitecpivot.com.au. 

Risk management roles and responsibilities
The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving the 
overall management of risk and internal control. The Board 
monitors the Group’s risk profile, risks and mitigating strategies 
primarily through the Audit and Risk Management Committee. 
The Audit and Risk Management Committee’s duties with 
respect to internal control and risk management have been 
summarised under the discussion of Principle 4 on page 
35 of this Annual Report. The Audit and Risk Management 
Committee and, through it, the Board, receive regular reports 
from management on the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management process.

The following paragraphs describe the material risks associated 
with Incitec Pivot’s business and operations. There may be 
additional risks unknown to Incitec Pivot and other risks, 
currently believed to be immaterial, which could become 
material. These risks, which may occur individually or 
concurrently, could significantly affect the Company’s business 
and operations. The risks outlined below do not include details 
as to how each risk is managed and the mitigation strategies 
adopted, or the manner in which those risks may have a 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

37

Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Statement

positive or negative impact on the Group. The Group’s process 
for managing risk is set out in the above section titled “Risk 
oversight and management”.

General Economic and Business Conditions
The current global economic business climate and any sustained 
downturn in the global, North American or Australian economy 
may adversely impact Incitec Pivot’s overall performance. This 
may affect, among other things, profitability and demand for 
fertilisers, industrial chemicals, industrial explosives, and related 
products and services.

Product price deteriorations could adversely affect Incitec Pivot’s 
business and financial performance:
•	

fertilisers are internationally traded commodities with pricing 
based on international benchmarks and are affected by 
global supply and demand forces, as well as fluctuations in 
foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the exchange 
rate between the Australian dollar and the US dollar;
industrial explosives products, particularly ammonium nitrate 
based explosives, are affected more directly by supply and 
demand dynamics in industrial explosives markets, such as 
quarrying, construction and mining. 

•	

The appreciation or depreciation of the Australian dollar against 
the US dollar may materially affect Incitec Pivot’s financial 
performance. A large proportion of Incitec Pivot’s sales are 
denominated either directly or indirectly in foreign currencies, 
primarily the US dollar. In addition, Incitec Pivot also borrows 
funds in US dollars, and the Australian dollar equivalent of these 
borrowings will fluctuate with the exchange rate.

Operational Risks
Incitec Pivot operates manufacturing plants and facilities and is 
exposed to operational risks associated with the manufacture, 
distribution and storage of fertilisers, ammonium nitrate and 
industrial chemicals and industrial explosives products and 
services. These risks include the need for plant reliability 
and timely and economic supply of adequate raw materials, 
such as natural gas, ammonia, phosphate rock, sulphur and 
sulphuric acid.

Incitec Pivot’s manufacturing and distribution systems are 
vulnerable to unforeseen human error, equipment breakdowns, 
energy or water disruptions, natural disasters and acts of  
God, sabotage, terrorist attacks, and other events which may 
disrupt Incitec Pivot’s operations and materially affect its 
financial performance. In addition, loss from such events may 
not be recoverable in whole or in part under Incitec Pivot’s 
insurance policies.

A shortage of skilled labour or loss of key personnel could 
disrupt Incitec Pivot’s business operations or adversely affect 
Incitec Pivot’s business and financial performance. Incitec Pivot’s 
manufacturing plants require skilled operators drawn from a 
range of disciplines, trades and vocations. In addition, the loss 
of services of one or more of Incitec Pivot’s senior management 
could impede execution of Incitec Pivot’s business strategy and 
result in reduced profitability.

Further, in relation to both its Fertilisers business and its 
Explosives business, seasonal conditions, particularly rainfall, are 
a key factor for determining demand and sales. Any prolonged 
adverse weather conditions could impact the future profitability 
and prospects of Incitec Pivot. 

38

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Strategy and Planning
Incitec Pivot operates in a competitive environment. The 
domestic and international fertiliser and industrial explosives 
industries are highly competitive. The actions of competitors of 
Incitec Pivot or the entry of new competitors may result in loss 
of sales and market share which could adversely affect Incitec 
Pivot’s financial performance.

Health, Safety and Environment
Incitec Pivot is subject to various operational hazards, including 
from the manufacture, processing and transportation of its 
fertiliser and explosives products and in the provision of 
its related services, which could potentially result in injury 
or incident to employees, contractors, the public or the 
environment. Incitec Pivot has adopted a “Zero Harm” policy  
to manage its health and safety risks.

Compliance and Regulatory Risks
Changes in federal or state government legislation, regulations 
or policies in any of the countries in which it operates may 
adversely impact on Incitec Pivot’s business, financial condition 
and results of operations. For instance, Incitec Pivot, as a 
significant manufacturer, may be affected by the impact of 
the carbon pricing scheme or future carbon trading regimes, 
together with any legislative requirements relating to climate 
change or associated issues.

Incitec Pivot’s business is subject to environmental laws 
and regulations that require specific operating licences  
and impose various requirements and standards. Changes in 
these laws and regulations, or changes to licence conditions 
may have a detrimental effect on Incitec Pivot’s operations 
and financial performance, including the need to undertake 
environmental remediation. 

Incitec Pivot is exposed to potential legal and other claims or 
disputes in the course of its business, including contractual 
disputes, property damage and personal liability claims in 
connection with operational and health and safety matters. 

Risk management and internal controls
Management, through the Managing Director & CEO and the 
Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for the overall design, 
implementation, management and coordination of the Group’s 
risk management and internal control system. 

Each business unit has responsibility for identification and 
management of risks specific to their business. This is managed 
through an annual risk workshop within each business unit.  
The risk workshops are facilitated by the Group’s internal 
auditors, and form part of the annual internal audit program, 
thereby aligning the internal audit activities with material 
business risks. The outcomes of the business unit risk 
workshops are assessed as part of the annual corporate risk 
workshop. The resultant Corporate Risk Workbook is presented 
to the Audit and Risk Management Committee on an annual 
basis, and management is required to present regular updates 
to the Committee on material business risks.

Internal audit independently monitors the internal control 
framework and provides regular reports to the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee. The annual internal audit program 
is approved by the Audit and Risk Management Committee. 
Internal audit provides written reports to the Committee on the 
effectiveness of the management of risk and internal controls, 
and meets regularly with the Committee without the presence 
of management.

Under the Company’s Constitution, the maximum remuneration 
payable by the Company for the services of non-executive 
directors in total must not exceed the amount approved by 
shareholders in general meeting, which is $2,000,000 as 
approved at the Annual General Meeting held on 19 December 
2008. The total remuneration paid to the non-executive 
directors during the financial year ended 30 September 2011 
was within the maximum amount approved by shareholders.

Details of remuneration paid to the Managing Director & CEO 
and other executives are included in table C.3 “Executive 
remuneration” in the Remuneration Report on page 26. 
The attendance of the members of the Remuneration and 
Appointments Committee at each meeting held during the 
financial year to 30 September 2011 is set out on page 10 
of this Annual Report.

Signed on behalf of the Board. 

John C Watson AM
Chairman
Dated at Melbourne  
this 11th day of November 2011

The Audit and Risk Management Committee and the Board 
have received reports from management on the effectiveness 
of the Group’s management of its material business risks for 
the financial year ended 30 September 2011.

CEO and CFO Declaration and Assurance
In accordance with the ASX Recommendations, for the financial 
year ended 30 September 2011, the Board received written 
assurance from the Managing Director & CEO and the Chief 
Financial Officer that the declaration provided by them in 
accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) is founded on a sound system of risk management and 
internal control, and that the system is operating effectively  
in all material respects in relation to the reporting of  
financial risks.

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly 
and responsibly
The Board and Remuneration and Appointments Committee 
are primarily responsible in relation to the oversight of the 
Company’s remuneration framework and policies. Details of 
Incitec Pivot’s remuneration arrangements are set out in the 
Remuneration Report. As set out on page 33 of this Annual 
Report, the Remuneration and Appointments Committee is 
formed under a Charter approved by the Board, a copy of 
which is available on the corporate governance section of the 
Company’s website, www.incitecpivot.com.au. The members of 
the Committee are three independent non-executive directors, 
being John Marlay (Chairman), John Watson and Paul Brasher. 

The Revised Recommendations provide that a remuneration 
committee should be structured so that it consists of a majority 
of independent directors, is chaired by an independent 
director and has at least three members. The Charter for the 
Remuneration and Appointments Committee provides that 
each member of the Committee must be a non-executive 
director and a majority of members of the Committee must 
be independent. The Charter also provides that the Chairman 
of the Committee must be an independent director. As each 
member of the Remuneration and Appointments Committee 
(including Mr John Marlay, the Chairman of the Committee) is 
considered to be an independent non-executive director, the 
structure of the Committee fulfils the requirements under the 
Revised Recommendations.

Incitec Pivot’s policy is to remunerate non-executive directors by 
way of fees and payments which may be in the form of cash, 
non-cash benefits and superannuation benefits. Incitec Pivot’s 
broad policy in relation to the level of non-executive directors’ 
fees and payments is to ensure that these fees and payments 
are consistent with the market and enable Incitec Pivot to 
attract and retain directors of an appropriate calibre. Details of 
these fees and payments are included in the table titled “Non-
executive directors’ remuneration” set out in section B of the 
Remuneration Report on page 16. The Company’s policy is that 
non-executive directors should not be remunerated by way 
of options, shares, performance rights, bonuses nor incentive-
based payments. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

39

40

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011

Financial Report

Consolidated Income Statement 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Directors’ Declaration on the Consolidated  
Financial Statements set out on pages 42 to 111 

Audit Report 

Shareholder Statistics 

Five Year Financial Statistics 

42

43

44

45

46

47

112

113

115

116

Consolidated Income Statement 

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

Revenue
Financial and other income
Operating expenses
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress
Raw materials and consumables used and finished goods purchased for resale
Employee expenses
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Financial expenses
Purchased services
Repairs and maintenance
Outgoing freight
Lease payments - operating leases
Share of profit on equity accounted investments
Asset write-downs, clean-up and environmental provisions
Other expenses

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the financial year

Profit attributable to:
Members of Incitec Pivot Limited
Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share 

            Consolidated 

Notes

(4)
(4)

(5)
(5)

(5)
(16)

(8)

2011
$mill

3,906.3
46.3

141.2
(2,062.1)
(549.1)
(148.2)
(63.1)
(159.7)
(119.2)
(218.5)
(60.3)
24.2
(23.7)
(92.7)
(3,331.2)
621.4
(154.1)
467.3

2010
$mill

2,931.7
53.7

(69.3)
(1,141.9)
(516.5)
(139.0)
(58.3)
(144.0)
(110.0)
(166.5)
(55.0)
30.5
(28.3)
(47.2)
(2,445.5)
539.9
(127.7)
412.2

463.2
4.1

410.5
1.7

cents

cents

(9)
(9)

28.4
28.4

25.3
25.3

The above Consolidated Income Statement is to be read in conjunction with the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements set out on 
pages 47 to 111. 

42 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
         
       
                   
              
            
            
           
        
      
           
         
           
         
             
           
           
         
           
         
           
         
             
           
              
            
             
           
             
           
        
      
            
          
                   
           
         
            
          
            
          
                
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes

 Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

467.3

412.2

51.7
(90.5)
8.1
(30.7)

(20.1)
6.0 
(14.1)

(84.6)
(21.8)
(61.3)
(167.7)

(29.5)
10.0
(19.5)

45.6
3.1
(17.9)
30.8

(18.5)
5.5
(13.0)

(183.7)
67.7
(20.1)
(136.1)

(16.9)
6.4
(10.5)

(232.0)

(128.8)

235.3

283.4

231.2

4.1

281.7

1.7

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

Profit for the financial year 

Other comprehensive income / (expense)

Cash-flow hedging reserve

Changes in fair value of cash-flow hedges
Profit in cash-flow hedges transferred to Consolidated Income Statement
Income tax on movements in the cash-flow hedging reserve

Fair value reserve

Change in fair value of equity instruments
Income tax on change in fair value of equity instruments

Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Net (loss) / gain on hedge of net investment
Income tax on movements in foreign currency translation reserve

Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans
Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans
Income tax on actuarial losses on defined benefit plans

(25)

Total other comprehensive (expense)

Total comprehensive income for the financial year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is to be read in conjunction with the Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements set out on pages 47 to 111. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 September 2011 

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Other financial assets
Assets classified as held for sale
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Other assets
Other financial assets
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Minority interest
Total equity

Notes

(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)

(11)
(13)
(14)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)

(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)

(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)

(26)

        Consolidated

2011
$mill

379.7
451.9
477.9
31.2
40.8
6.5
1,388.0

16.1
17.5
52.9
257.1
2,283.3
2,942.3
44.7
5,613.9
7,001.9

875.1
95.7
0.6
98.3
93.5
1,163.2

281.9
1,472.8
2.9
63.8
195.3
115.3
2,132.0
3,295.2
3,706.7

3,265.9
(192.8)
628.6
5.0
3,706.7

2010*
$mill

48.7
437.5
336.2
36.2
111.6
9.1
979.3

15.3
2.5
28.7
256.5
1,844.1
3,010.0
173.9
5,331.0
6,310.3

697.5
108.5
1.7
82.6
25.1
915.4

378.3
1,037.3
 -  
82.6
190.1
95.3
1,783.6
2,699.0
3,611.3

3,265.9
7.0
336.3
2.1
3,611.3

*Comparative information has been restated to reflect the amendments to provisional asset and liability fair values on the acquisition of 
Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. in the prior financial year. 

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is to be read in conjunction with the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
set out on pages 47 to 111. 

44 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
          
          
          
            
            
              
            
            
            
          
       
       
            
          
            
              
            
            
          
       
              
            
          
          
       
         
          
              
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Payments to suppliers and employees
Interest received
Financial expenses paid
Other revenue received
Income taxes paid
Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment and intangibles
Payments for purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
Payments for purchase of investments
Proceeds from sale of investments
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Loans to equity-accounted investees
Proceeds from settlement of net investment hedge derivatives
Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Repayments of borrowings
Proceeds from borrowings
Payment of borrowing costs
Realised market value gains on cross currency swaps
Dividends paid
Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents held
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash and cash equivalents held
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

Notes

  Consolidated
2010
$mill
Inflows/
(Outflows)

2011
$mill
Inflows/
(Outflows)

4,279.3 
(3,565.5)
4.8
(22.7)
27.7
(4.5)
719.1

3,145.3 
(2,599.2)
4.9
(43.6)
31.8
(10.3)
528.9

(646.6)
 - 
(0.2)
1.7
36.2
(15.0)
16.1
(607.8)

(127.2)
509.7
(10.7)
 - 
(151.4)
220.4

331.7
48.7
(0.7)
379.7

(316.3)
(97.1)
(6.6)
 - 
19.0
 - 
 - 
(401.0)

(1,380.4)
1,003.5
(8.3)
201.3
(18.3)
(202.2)

(74.3)
125.2
(2.2)
48.7

(29)

(28)

(10)

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows is to be read in conjunction with the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements set  

out on pages 47 to 111. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

Consolidated

Balance at 1 October 2009
Profit for the financial year
Total other comprehensive income / (expense) for the period
Sale of share capital to minority interest holder
Dividends paid
Shares issued during the period
Share based payment transactions

Dividends received as loan repayment
Option expense
Deferred tax on share based payments
Loan repayments

Balance at 30 September 2010

Balance at 1 October 2010
Profit for the financial year
Total other comprehensive (expense) for the period
Dividends paid
Share based payment transactions

Dividends received as loan repayment
Option expense
Loan repayments

Balance at 30 September 2011

Cash flow 
hedging 
reserve

Share 
based 
payments 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Fair value 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

$mill

$mill

$mill

$mill

$mill

Minority 
interest Total equity

$mill

$mill

Total

$mill

(10.6)
-
30.8
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
20.2

20.2
-
(30.7)
-

-
-
-
(10.5)

(7.0)
-
-
-
-
-

0.1
3.8
0.6
1.7
(0.8)

(0.8)
-
-
-

0.1
7.7
4.9
11.9

113.9
-
(136.1)
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
(22.2)

(22.2)
-
(167.7)
-

-
-
-
(189.9)

22.8
-
(13.0)
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
9.8

9.8
-
(14.1)
-

-
-
-
(4.3)

2.7
410.5
(10.5)
-
(66.4)
-

-
-
-
-
336.3

3,339.6
410.5
(128.8)
-
(66.4)
48.1

0.1
3.8
0.6
1.7
3,609.2

336.3
463.2
(19.5)
(151.4)

3,609.2
463.2
(232.0)
(151.4)

-
-
-
628.6

0.1
7.7
4.9
3,701.7

-
1.7
-
0.4
-
-

-
-
-
-
2.1

2.1
4.1
-
(1.2)

-
-
-
5.0

3,339.6
412.2
(128.8)
0.4
(66.4)
48.1

0.1
3.8
0.6
1.7
3,611.3

3,611.3
467.3
(232.0)
(152.6)

0.1
7.7
4.9
3,706.7

Issued 
capital

$mill

3,217.8
-
-
-
-
48.1

-
-
-
-
3,265.9

3,265.9
-
-
-

-
-
-
3,265.9

The Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements set 
out on pages 47 to 111. 

Cash flow hedging reserve 

The cash flow hedging reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to the effective 
portion of hedged transactions that have not yet occurred. 

Share-based payments reserve 

The share-based payments reserve comprises the fair value of shares treated as options and of rights recognised as an employee expense 
over the relevant vesting period and transactions associated with the 2006/09 and the 2007/10 Long Term Incentive plans.  

Foreign currency translation reserve 

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled operations are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve, as described in 
Note 1(xix). The relevant portion of the reserve is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement when the foreign operation is disposed of.   

The foreign currency translation reserve is also used to record gains and losses on hedges of net investments in foreign operations.  

Fair value reserve 

The fair value reserve represents the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity instruments. 

Minority interest 

Represents a 35% outside equity interest in Quantum Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong based fertiliser marketing company. 

46 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
    
        
          
       
         
          
   
            
      
               
               
               
               
               
      
      
        
         
               
         
               
      
        
       
     
            
       
               
               
               
               
               
             
             
        
            
               
               
               
               
               
       
       
            
         
         
               
               
               
               
             
        
            
           
               
               
           
               
               
             
          
            
            
               
               
           
               
               
             
          
            
            
               
               
           
               
               
             
          
            
            
               
               
           
               
               
             
          
            
            
    
         
          
        
           
      
   
        
      
    
         
          
        
           
      
   
        
      
               
               
               
               
               
      
      
        
         
               
        
               
      
        
       
     
            
       
               
               
               
               
               
     
     
       
       
               
               
           
               
               
             
          
            
            
               
               
           
               
               
             
          
            
            
               
               
           
               
               
             
          
            
            
    
        
         
      
          
      
   
        
      
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

  Significant accounting policies 

  Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

  Segment report 

  Revenue and other income 

  Expenses 

Individually material items 

  Auditor’s remuneration 

Income tax expense 

  Earnings per share (EPS) 

10 

  Cash and cash equivalents 

11 

  Trade and other receivables 

12 

Inventories 

13 

  Other assets 

14 

  Other financial assets 

15 

  Assets classified as held for sale 

16 

Investments accounted for using the equity method 

17 

  Property, plant and equipment 

18 

Intangible assets 

19 

  Deferred tax assets 

20 

  Trade and other payables 

21 

Interest bearing liabilities 

22 

  Other financial liabilities 

23 

  Provisions 

24 

  Deferred tax liabilities 

25 

  Retirement benefit obligations 

26 

Issued capital  

27 

  Dividends 

28 

  Business combination 

29 

  Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities 

30 

  Commitments 

31 

  Contingent liabilities  

32 

  Financial risk management 

33 

  Financial instruments 

34 

  Related party disclosures 

35 

  Key management personnel disclosures 

36 

  Share based payments 

37 

Investments in controlled entities 

38 

  Deed of cross guarantee 

39 

  Parent entity disclosure 

40 

  Events subsequent to reporting date 

48 

55 

56 

59 

59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

63 

64 

64 

64 

65 

65 

66 

69 

70 

72 

73 

74 

75 

75 

78 

79 

81 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

92 

96 

97 

102 

107 

109 

110 

111 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

1.  Significant accounting policies 
Incitec Pivot Limited (‘the Company’ or ‘Incitec Pivot’) is a company 
domiciled in Australia. The consolidated financial statements were 
authorised for issue by the directors on 11 November 2011. 

The significant accounting policies adopted in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements of Incitec Pivot and of its controlled 
entities (collectively ‘the Group’) are stated below to assist in a 
general understanding of the consolidated financial statements. 
Interests in jointly controlled entities and associates are equity 
accounted (recorded as Investments accounted for using the equity 
method) and do not form part of the Group (Refer Note 1 (ii) (b)). 

These policies have been consistently applied to all the years 
presented, unless otherwise stated. 

(i)  Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements are general purpose financial 
statements which have been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards (AASBs) (including Australian Interpretations) 
adopted by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and 
the Corporations Act 2001. The consolidated financial statements of 
the Group comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) and interpretations adopted by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB).  

Historical cost convention 
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under 
the historical cost convention, except for derivative financial 
instruments, investments in equity instruments, financial instruments 
held for trading and liabilities for cash settled share based payment 
arrangements, all of which have been measured at fair value. 
The carrying values of recognised assets and liabilities that are 
hedged items in fair value hedges, and that would be otherwise 
carried at cost, are adjusted to record changes in the fair value 
attributable to the risks that are being hedged to match the fair value 
accounting applied to the derivative financial instruments used to 
hedge these items. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian 
dollars. 

Critical accounting estimates 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity 
with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It 
also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process 
of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are 
reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates 
are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in 
any future periods affected. 

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or 
areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the 
consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in Note 2. 

Early adoption of standards 
Incitec Pivot has elected to early adopt certain Australian Accounting 
Standards and interpretations which permit early adoption. 
The decision to early adopt those standards and interpretations 
ensures that policy elections described below, including IFRS 
transition exemptions, are available. The principal standards and 
interpretations that have been early adopted are: 
•  AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures (revised December 2009) 
•  AASB 1054 Additional Australian Disclosures 
•  AASB 2011-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards 

arising from the Trans-Tasman Convergence project 

•  AASB 9 Financial Instruments (2009) 

The early adoption of AASB 124 increased the related party 
disclosure requirements to include disclosure of transactions 
between jointly controlled entities of the IPL Group. This has resulted 
in changes to Related Party disclosures as disclosed in Note 34.  

The early adoption of AASB 9 requires that an entity classify its 
financial assets as subsequently measured at either amortised cost or 
fair value depending on the entity’s business model for managing the 
financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics. This 
resulted in changes to the classification of financial assets. Refer to 
Note 1(ix) for the accounting policy on other financial assets. 

Other than the impact of AASB 124 and AASB 9, as described above, 
the early adoption of these standards did not have a significant impact 
on the Group’s results in the current and/or prior year.  

Issued Standards not early adopted 
The following standards and amendments were available for early 
adoption but have not been applied by the Group in these 
consolidated financial statements: 
•  AASB 2010-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards 
– Disclosures on Transfers of Financial Assets increases the 
disclosure requirements for transactions involving transfers of 
financial assets. AASB 2010-6 will become mandatory for the 
Group’s 30 September 2012 consolidated financial statements. 
The Group has not yet determined the potential impact of this 
standard. 

•  Amendments to AASB 119:  Employee Benefits eliminates the 

option to apply the ‘corridor method’ when accounting for defined 
benefit funds, amends the measurement methodology for 
calculating net interest expense in relation to defined benefit 
funds, enhances disclosure requirements for defined benefit 
plans and changes the measurement methodology for employee 
entitlements not expected to be settled in less than twelve 
months. The amendments will become mandatory for the 
Group’s 30 September 2014 consolidated financial statements. 
The Group has not yet quantified the potential impact of these 
amendments. 

•  Amendments to AASB 101:  Presentation of Financial 

Statements retains the option to present the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income either in a single continuous 
statement or in two separate, but consecutive statements, but 
introduces the requirement that items that will never be 
recognised in profit or loss are to be presented separately from 
those that are subject to subsequent reclassification (recycling). 
The amendments which will become mandatory for the Group’s 
30 September 2013 consolidated financial statements, are not 
expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated 
financial statements. 

•  AASB 13:  Fair Value Measurement provides a new definition of 

fair value based on exit price and additional guidance for 
measuring fair value. The amendments also require additional 
disclosure related to fair value measurements and valuation 
techniques. The amendments, which will become mandatory for 
the Group’s 30 September 2014 consolidated financial 
statements, are not expected to have a significant impact on the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

•  AASB 11:  Joint Arrangements reduces the ‘types’ of joint 

arrangements from three to two and eliminates the option to 
apply proportionate consolidation. The amendments, which will 
become mandatory for the Group’s 30 September 2014 
consolidated financial statements, are not expected to have a 
significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. 
•  AASB 10:  Consolidated Financial Statements creates a broader 
definition of control whereby control is defined as the power to 
direct the activities of another entity to generate returns. IFRS 
10, which will become mandatory for the Group’s 30 September 
2014 consolidated financial statements, is not expected to have 
a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements.

48 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

(i)  Basis of preparation (continued) 

Issued Standards not early adopted (continued) 
•  AASB 12:  Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities, requires 

more extensive qualitative disclosures around judgement used 
by management in determining whether an entity is controlled by 
the Group and additional financial disclosures of the Group’s 
material non-controlling interest in subsidiaries. AASB 12, which 
will become mandatory for the Group’s 30 September 2014 
consolidated financial statements, is not expected to have a 
significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

(ii)  Consolidation 

(a)  Subsidiaries 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and 
liabilities of all subsidiaries of Incitec Pivot Limited as at 30 
September 2011 and the results of all subsidiaries for the year then 
ended. Subsidiaries are all those entities over which the Group has 
the power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally 
accompanying a shareholding of more than one-half of the voting 
rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are 
currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing 
whether the Group controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the 
Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. 
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the 
acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group (refer to Note 1(xiv)). 

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on 
transactions between consolidated companies are eliminated. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction 
provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred. 
Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the 
Group.  

(b)  Associates and jointly controlled entities 
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant 
influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. 
Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds 
between 20 and 50 percent of the voting power of another entity. 
Jointly controlled entities are those entities over whose activities 
the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement 
and requiring unanimous consent for strategic financial and 
operating decisions. 

Associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for using the 
equity method (equity accounted investees) and are initially 
recognised at cost. The Group’s investment includes goodwill 
identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of 
the income and expenses and equity movements of equity 
accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting 
policies with those of the Group, from the date that significant 
influence or joint control commences until the date that significant 
influence or joint control ceases. When the Group’s share of losses 
exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the carrying 
amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is 
reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued 
except to the extent that the Group has an obligation or has made 
payments on behalf of the investee. 

(iii)  Revenue recognition  
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received 
or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of returns, 
trade allowances and amounts collected on behalf of third parties. 

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows:  

Sales Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership have been transferred to the buyer. No revenue is 
recognised if there is significant uncertainty regarding recovery of the 
consideration due, where the costs incurred or to be incurred cannot 
be measured reliably, where there is a significant risk of return of 
goods or where there is continuing management involvement with 
the goods. 

Commissions when the Group acts in the capacity of an agent rather 
than as the principal in a transaction, the revenue recognised is the 
net amount of commission made by the Group. 

Interest income is recognised as it accrues.  

Dividends receivable are recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement when declared, or received, whichever occurs first. 

(iv)  Borrowing costs  
Borrowing costs include interest on borrowings, amortisation of 
discounts or premiums relating to borrowings and amortisation of 
ancillary costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of 
borrowings, including lease finance charges. Borrowing costs are 
expensed as incurred unless they relate to qualifying assets. 
Qualifying assets are assets that take more than twelve months to 
get ready for their intended use or sale. Where funds are borrowed 
specifically for the production of a qualifying asset, the interest on 
those funds is capitalised, net of any interest earned on those 
borrowings. Where funds are borrowed generally, a weighted 
average interest rate is used for capitalising interest to qualifying 
assets. 

(v)  Share based payments 
The grant date fair value of shares treated as options, and rights, 
granted to employees is recognised as an employee expense, with  
a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that employees 
become unconditionally entitled to the options or rights.  
The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the 
actual number of options, shares and rights for which the related 
service and non-market vesting conditions are met. 

The fair value of the amount payable to employees in respect of 
rights, which are settled in cash, is recognised as an expense, with  
a corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period that the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to payment. The liability 
is remeasured during each reporting period and at settlement date. 
Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognised as 
employee expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement.   

(vi)  Taxation  
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax and is 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which 
case it is recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the 
period, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of 
previous periods. 

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method in which 
temporary differences are calculated based on the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised 
for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of 
goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting 
nor taxable profit; and differences relating to investments in 
subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.  

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be 
applied when the temporary difference reverses, that is, when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on the laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

49 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

(ix)  Other financial assets 
Change in Accounting Policy: 
The Group has early adopted AASB 9 Financial Instruments as 
issued in 2009, with initial application from 1 October 2010 (being the 
beginning of the period). AASB 9 requires that an entity classify its 
financial assets as subsequently measured at either amortised cost or 
fair value depending on the entity’s business model for managing the 
financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the 
financial assets. 

This change in accounting policy has been applied on a retrospective 
basis, from 1 October 2010 without restatement of prior periods. The 
adoption of this standard has no material impact on the measurement 
of the Group’s financial assets and, therefore, has no impact on the 
Group’s earnings per share for the year. 

The adoption of AASB 9 resulted in Cash and cash equivalents, 
Trade receivables and Other receivables being measured at 
amortised cost, which is a change from the classification of Loans  
and receivables as previously measured under AASB 139. 

In accordance with AASB 9, the Group has designated its investment 
in equity securities that were formerly designated as “available-for-
sale”, as “fair value through other comprehensive income”. This 
results in all realised and unrealised gains and losses from the 
investment portfolio being recognised directly in equity through “other 
comprehensive income” in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. Dividend income is recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.  

The adoption of AASB 9 does not impact the original carrying  
amount of the Group’s financial assets, previously measured  
under AASB 139.  

(x)  Assets (or disposal groups) held for sale 
Immediately before classification as held for sale, the measurement 
of the assets (and all assets and liabilities in a disposal group) is 
reviewed in accordance with applicable accounting standards.  
Then, on initial classification as held for sale, non-current assets  
(or disposal groups) are recognised at the lower of carrying amount 
and fair value less costs to sell. 

Impairment losses are recognised for any initial or subsequent write-
down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell.  
A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less 
costs to sell an asset (or disposal group), but not in excess of any 
cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not 
previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current 
asset (or disposal group) is recognised at the date of derecognition. 

Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a 
disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately 
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

(vi)  Taxation (continued) 
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, tax credits 
and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available against which the assets 
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting 
date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that 
the related tax benefit will be realised. 

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a 
legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net 
basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally 
enforceable right to offset and when the deferred tax balances relate 
to the same taxation authority. 

The assumptions regarding future realisation, and therefore the 
recognition of deferred tax assets, may change due to future 
operating performance and other factors. 

Incitec Pivot provides for income tax in both Australia and overseas 
jurisdictions where a liability exists. 

Tax Consolidation 
The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities have 
formed a tax-consolidated group and are, therefore, taxed as a single 
entity. The head entity within the tax-consolidated group is 
Incitec Pivot Limited. 

(vii) Inventories 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary 
course of business less the estimated cost of completion and selling 
expenses. Cost is based on a weighted average method. For 
manufactured goods, cost includes direct material and labour costs 
plus an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads based 
on normal operating capacity of the production facilities. For third-
party sourced finished goods, cost is net cost into store. Engineering 
spares are held in inventory and expensed when used. 

(viii) Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other receivables are recognised at their cost less any 
impairment losses. 

Collectability of trade and other receivables is reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectable are 
written off by reducing the carrying amount directly. An allowance 
account (provision for impairment of trade receivables) is used when 
there is objective evidence that the Group may not be able to collect 
amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The 
amount of the impairment allowance is the difference between the 
asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future 
cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. Cash 
flows relating to short-term receivables are not discounted if the 
effect of discounting is immaterial.  

The amount of the impairment loss is recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement within other expenses. When a trade receivable 
for which an impairment allowance had been recognised becomes 
uncollectable in a subsequent period, it is written off against the 
allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously 
written off are credited against other expenses in the Consolidated 
Income Statement. 

Where substantially all risks and rewards relating to receivables 
have been transferred to a financial institution, the receivable is 
derecognised. Where this has not occurred, the receivable and the 
equivalent interest bearing liability have been recognised in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

50 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

(xi)  Property, plant and equipment and 

depreciation 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost or deemed cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment. Cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the item. 
The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials, 
direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or 
recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is 
probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will 
flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.  

Property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, is 
depreciated on a straight-line basis at rates calculated to allocate  
the cost less the estimated residual value over the estimated useful 
life of each asset to the Group.  

Estimated useful lives in the current and comparative periods of 
each class of asset are as follows: 
•    Buildings and improvements   
20 to 40 years 
•    Machinery, plant and equipment   3 to 30 years 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and 
adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. 

Certain items of property, plant and equipment that had been 
revalued to fair value on or prior to 1 October 2004, the date of 
transition to IFRS, are measured on the basis of deemed cost,  
being the revalued amount at the date of that revaluation. 

Profits and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
are taken to the Consolidated Income Statement. 

Spare parts purchased for a particular asset or class of assets are 
classified as capital spares in property, plant and equipment and 
depreciated over the useful life of the asset or class of assets to 
which they relate. 

(xii) Leased assets  
Leases under which the Group assumes substantially  
all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified  
as finance leases. Other leases are classified as operating leases. 

Finance leases are capitalised at the present value of the minimum 
lease payments and amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
period during which benefits are expected to flow from the use of 
the leased assets. A corresponding liability is established and each 
lease payment is allocated between finance charges and reduction 
of the liability. Operating leases are not capitalised and lease rental 
payments are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement  
on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. 

(xiii) Intangible assets 

(a) Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the 
fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition 
of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill is not 
amortised. Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or 
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it 
might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity 
include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.  

(b) Research and development 
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of 
gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement as an expense as 
incurred.  

Expenditure on development activities, whereby research findings 
are applied to a plan or design for the production of new or  

substantially improved products and processes, is capitalised if  
the product or process is technically and commercially feasible and 
the Group intends to complete development. 

The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct 
labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. Other 
development expenditure is recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement as an expense as incurred. Capitalised development 
expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses. 

(c) Other intangible assets 
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

(d) Subsequent expenditure 
Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is 
capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits 
embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other such 
expenditure is expensed as incurred. 

(e) Amortisation 
Amortisation is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible 
assets, unless such lives are indefinite. Goodwill and brand names 
are systematically tested for impairment at each annual reporting 
date. Other intangible assets are amortised from the date that they 
are available for use or when received. The estimated useful lives in 
the current and comparative periods are as follows: 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Software 
Product trademarks 
Patents 
Customer contracts 

3 – 7 years 
4 – 10 years 
13 – 15 years 
10 – 17 years 

(xiv) Business combinations 
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for all 
business combinations, including business combinations involving 
entities or businesses under common control, regardless of whether 
equity instruments or other assets are acquired. Cost is measured as 
the fair value of the assets given, shares issued or liabilities incurred 
or assumed at the date of exchange. For acquisitions occurring in 
stages, goodwill is determined at the acquisition date. Goodwill is 
determined after the previously held equity interest is adjusted to 
fair value. 

Where equity instruments are issued in an acquisition, the fair value 
of the instruments is their published market price as at the date of 
exchange unless, in rare circumstances, it can be demonstrated that 
the published price at the date of exchange is an unreliable indicator 
of fair value and that other evidence and valuation methods provide 
a more reliable measure of fair value. 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities 
assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their 
fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any 
minority interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair 
value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill (refer to Note 1(xiii) (a)). If the cost of 
acquisition is less than the Group’s share of the fair value of the 
identifiable net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is 
recognised directly in the Consolidated Income Statement, but only 
after a reassessment of the identification and measurement of the 
net assets acquired. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the 
amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value 
as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s 
incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar 
borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under 
comparable terms and conditions. When control is obtained in 
successive share purchases, each significant transaction is 
accounted for separately and the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities acquired are stated at fair value when control 
is obtained.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

51 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

(xv) Segment Reporting 
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages 
in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur 
expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to 
transactions with any of the Group’s other components. All operating 
segments’ operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s 
Executive Team to make decisions about resources to be allocated 
to the operating segment and assess their performance. 

Operating segment results that are reported to the Executive Team 
include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that 
can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise 
mainly corporate assets and head office expenses. 

Operating segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred 
during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and 
software. 

(xvi) Interest-bearing borrowings 
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are 
stated at amortised cost with any difference between cost and 
redemption value being recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest 
basis. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any issue 
costs, and any discount or premium on issuance. Gains and losses 
are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement in the event 
that the liabilities are derecognised. 

(xvii)  Provisions  
A provision is recognised when there is a legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that a future 
sacrifice of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 
Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best 
estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation 
at the reporting date. The discount rate used to determine the 
present value reflects current market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognised in borrowing 
costs. 

(a) Environmental  
Estimated costs relating to the remediation of soil, groundwater  
and untreated waste that have arisen as a result of past events are 
usually taken to the Consolidated Income Statement as soon as  
the need is identified and a reliable estimate of the liability is able 
to be assessed. 

However, where the cost relates to land held for resale then, to the 
extent that the expected realisation exceeds both the book value of 
the land and the estimated cost of remediation, the cost is 
capitalised as part of the holding value of that land. 

The provision is the best estimate of the present value of the 
expenditure required to settle the restoration obligation at the 
reporting date, based on current legal requirements and technology.  

Future restoration costs are reviewed annually and any changes are 
reflected in the present value of the restoration provision at the end 
of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the 
present value reflects current market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognised in borrowing 
costs. 

For sites where there are uncertainties with respect to the 
remediation obligations or the remediation techniques that might be 
approved and no reliable estimate can presently be made of 
regulatory and remediation costs, no amounts have been capitalised, 
expensed or provided. 

(b) Decommissioning 
The present value of the estimated costs of dismantling and 
removing an asset and restoring the site on which it is located are 
recognised as part of the asset within property, plant and equipment 
and as a provision where a legal or constructive obligation exists.  
At each reporting date, the liability is remeasured in line with 
changes in discount rates, timing and estimated cash flows. 
Any changes in the liability are added to or deducted from the related 
asset, other than the unwinding of the discount which is recognised 
as an interest expense in the Consolidated Income Statement. 

(c) Self-insurance 
The Group self-insures for certain insurance risks. Outstanding 
claims are recognised when an incident occurs that may give rise  
to a claim and are measured at the cost that the entity expects to 
incur in settling the claims. 

(d) Employee entitlements  

Current Entitlements 
Provisions are made for liabilities to employees for annual leave,  
sick leave and other current employee entitlements that represent 
the amount for which the Group has a present obligation.  
These have been calculated at undiscounted amounts based on  
the wage and salary rates that the Group expects to pay as at  
each reporting date and include related on-costs. 

Non-current Entitlements 
Liabilities for employee entitlements which are not expected to be 
settled within twelve months of reporting date, such as long service 
leave, are accrued at the present value of future amounts expected 
to be paid. The present value is determined using interest rates 
applicable to government guaranteed securities with maturities 
approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations.  

Short term incentive plans 
A liability is recognised for short term incentive plans on the 
achievement of predetermined short term incentive plan 
performance measures and the benefit calculations are formally 
documented and determined before signing the consolidated 
financial statements. 

(e) Retirement benefit obligation 
Contributions to defined contribution superannuation funds are 
charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in the year in which 
the expense is incurred. 

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing superannuation 
and pension benefits is charged to the Consolidated Income 
Statement so as to recognise current and past service costs, interest 
cost on defined benefit obligations, and the effect of any curtailments 
or settlements, net of expected returns on plan assets. All actuarial 
gains and losses as at 1 October 2004, the date of transition to 
IFRS, were recognised in retained earnings. All actuarial gains and 
losses that arise subsequent to 1 October 2004 are recognised 
directly in equity. 

The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit 
superannuation and pension plans is calculated by estimating the 
amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for 
their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is 
discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any 
plan assets is deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the 
reporting date on government bonds that have maturity dates 
approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations. The calculation 
is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit 
method.

52 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

(xvii)  Provisions (continued) 

(f) Dividends  
A provision for dividends payable is recognised in the reporting 
period in which the dividends are paid, or a legal right to pay is 
established, for the entire undistributed amount, regardless of the 
extent to which they will be paid.  

(g) Restructuring and employee termination benefits  
Provisions for restructuring or termination benefits are only 
recognised when a detailed plan has been approved and the 
restructuring or termination benefits have either commenced or been 
publicly announced, or firm contracts related to the restructuring or 
termination benefits have been entered into. Costs related to 
ongoing activities are not provided for. 

(h) Onerous contracts 
A provision for onerous contracts is recognised after impairment 
losses on assets dedicated to the contract have been recognised 
and when the expected benefits are less than the unavoidable costs 
of meeting the contractual obligations. A provision is recognised to 
the extent that the contractual obligations exceed unrecognised 
assets.  

(xviii) Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are stated at cost and represent liabilities 
for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of 
financial year which are unpaid. 

Unfavourable sales / supplier contracts 
Liabilities are recognised on acquisition where it is probable that an 
outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required 
to settle an obligation (probable loss), and the fair value of the loss 
can be measured reliably. If the terms of a contract are unfavourable 
relative to market terms at the acquisition date, a liability is 
recognised as part of accounting for the business combination. 

(xix) Foreign currency transactions 

Functional and presentation currency 
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”).  

Transactions and balances 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end 
exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies are recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement, except when they are deferred in equity as qualifying 
cash flow hedges or net investment hedges. 

Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried at fair value that are 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates 
prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-
monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a 
foreign currency are not retranslated. 

Foreign operations 
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas 
operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the 
reporting date. Income and expense items are translated at the 
average exchange rates for the period unless exchange rates 
fluctuate significantly. Exchange differences arising, if any, are 
recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve, and 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement on disposal of  
the foreign operation. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a 
foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity 
and translated at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. 

(xx) Derivative financial instruments  
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to foreign exchange, commodity price and interest rate 
risks arising from operational, financing and investment activities.  

In accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not hold or 
issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, derivative financial instruments are 
stated at fair value. The gain or loss on remeasurement to fair value 
is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
However, where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, the gain or 
loss is transferred to the cash flow hedging reserve or foreign 
currency translation reserve. 

Hedging 
On entering into a hedging relationship, the Group formally 
designates and documents the hedge relationship and the risk 
management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. 
The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, 
the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged 
and how the entity will assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness 
in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value 
or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. 

Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving 
offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows and are assessed on 
an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly 
effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they 
are designated. 

Cash flow hedges 
Changes in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument 
designated as a cash flow hedge are recognised directly in equity 
to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the  
hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the Consolidated 
Income Statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit 
or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognised in equity is transferred to the carrying amount of the 
asset when it is recognised.  

If the hedged transaction is no longer expected to take place,  
then the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is 
recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement. 

Hedges of a net investment 
Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, including a hedge 
of monetary item that is accounted for as part of the net investment, 
are accounted for in a similar way as cash flow hedges. Gains or 
losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of 
the hedge are recognised directly in equity (foreign currency 
translation reserve) while any gains or losses relating to the 
ineffective portion are recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement.  On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative 
value of such gains or losses recognised directly to equity is 
transferred to other comprehensive income based on the amount 
calculated using the direct method of consolidation. 

(xxi) Cash and cash equivalents  
For presentation purposes on the Consolidated Statement of Cash 
Flows, cash includes cash at bank, cash on hand and deposits at 
call which are readily convertible to cash on hand and which are 
used in the cash management function, net of bank overdrafts. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

53 

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

market assessments of the risks specific to the asset or cash 
generating unit.  

Cash flows are estimated for the asset in its present condition 
and therefore do not include cash inflows or outflows that improve or 
enhance the asset’s performance or that may arise from future 
restructuring. 

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of 
an asset or its cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.  

Impairment losses are recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement. 

Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units 
(‘CGUs’) are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any 
goodwill allocated to CGUs and then, to reduce the carrying amount 
of the other assets in the unit. 

(xxv)   Goods and services tax  
Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities other than receivables 
and payables, are recognised net of the amount of goods and 
services tax (GST), except where the amount of GST incurred is 
not recoverable from the relevant taxation authorities. In these 
circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of expense. 

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the relevant 
taxation authorities is included as a current asset or liability in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Cash flows are included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash 
Flows on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities which are recoverable from, or 
payable to, the relevant taxation authorities are classified as 
operating cash flows. 

(xxvi) Rounding of amounts 
The Group is of a kind referred to in Class order 98/0100 (updated 
by Class Order 05/641 and Class Order 06/51), issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the 
''rounding off'' of amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  

Amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been 
rounded off in accordance with that Class Order to the nearest one 
hundred thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest one 
thousand dollars. 

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

(xxii)  Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly 
attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. Incremental costs 
directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options for the 
acquisition of a business are not included in the cost of the 
acquisition as part of the purchase consideration. If the entity 
reacquires its own equity instruments, eg as the result of a share 
buy-back, those instruments are deducted from equity and the 
associated shares are cancelled. No gain or loss is recognised in  
the Consolidated Income Statement and the consideration paid, 
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income 
taxes), is recognised directly in equity. 

(xxiii) Fair value estimation 
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities is estimated 
for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes. The fair 
value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as 
publicly traded derivatives and equity instruments) is based on 
quoted market prices at the reporting date. The quoted market price 
used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price; 
the appropriate quoted market price for financial liabilities is the 
current ask price. The fair value of financial instruments that are not 
traded in an active market (for example, over-the counter 
derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques. The Group 
uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on 
market conditions existing at each reporting date. Quoted market 
prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments are used for long-term 
debt instruments held. Other techniques, such as estimated 
discounted cash flows, are used to determine fair value for the 
remaining financial instruments.  

The fair value of interest-rate contracts is calculated as the present 
value of the estimated future cash flows. The fair value of cross 
currency interest rate swaps is determined using market based 
forward interest and exchange rates and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows. The fair value of foreign exchange 
options is determined using market rates and a present value 
calculation based on the Black Scholes method. The fair value of 
forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange 
market rates at the balance sheet date and the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows. The nominal value less estimated credit 
adjustments of trade receivables and payables are assumed to 
approximate their fair values. The fair value of financial liabilities is 
estimated by discounting the future cash flows at the current market 
interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial 
instruments.  

(xxiv) Impairment of assets 
The carrying amount of the Group’s assets excluding defined benefit 
fund assets, inventories, deferred tax assets, goodwill and indefinite 
life intangible assets is reviewed at each reporting date to determine 
whether there is any evidence of impairment. If such indication 
exists, the asset is tested for impairment by comparing its 
recoverable amount to its carrying amount. Goodwill and indefinite 
life intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. 

The recoverable amount of an asset (excluding receivables – refer to 
Note 1 (viii)) is determined as the higher of fair value less cost to sell 
and value in use. The recoverable amount is estimated for each 
individual asset or where it is not possible to estimate for individual 
assets, it is estimated for the cash generating unit to which the 
asset belongs.  

A cash generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets 
that generate cash inflows largely independent of the cash inflows 
of other assets or group of assets with each cash generating unit 
being no larger than a segment. In calculating recoverable amount, 
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present 
values using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current 

54 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

2.  Critical accounting estimates and 
judgements 

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based 
on historical experience and other factors, including expectation of 
future events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that 
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 
Management makes estimates and assumptions concerning the 
future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the subsequent related actual results. The estimates and 
assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within 
the next financial year are discussed below. 

Management believes the following are the critical accounting 
policies and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated 
financial statements: 
• 
• 
• 
•  provision for environmental and restructuring liabilities; 
• 

the testing for impairment of assets; 
the testing for impairment of goodwill; 
income tax related assumptions and estimates; 

the calculation of annual superannuation and pension costs  
and related assets and liabilities; and 
valuation of assets and liabilities acquired in a business 
combination. 

• 

Impairment of assets 

(i) 
The determination of impairment for property, plant and equipment, 
goodwill and other intangible assets involves the use of estimates 
that include, but are not limited to, the cause, timing and amount of 
the impairment. Impairment is based on a large number of factors, 
such as changes in competitive positions, expectations of growth, 
increased cost of capital, current replacement costs, increases in 
cost of inputs, and other factors which may indicate impairment.  
An asset is considered impaired when the recoverable amount is 
less than the carrying value. Recoverable amount is determined as 
the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In 
calculating value-in-use, the cash flows include projections of cash 
inflows and outflows from continuing use of the asset and cash flows 
associated with disposal of the asset. The cash flows are estimated 
for the asset in its current condition. In assessing value-in-use, the 
estimated cash flows are discounted to their present value using a 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of 
the risks specific to the asset or Cash Generating Unit (CGU). The 
identification of impairment indicators, the estimation of future cash 
flows and the determination of fair values of assets (or groups of 
assets) requires management to make significant estimates and 
judgements concerning the identification of impairment indicators, 
earnings before interest and tax, growth rates, applicable discount 
rates, useful lives and residual or terminal values. Refer Note 1 (xxiv) 
for further details regarding the accounting policy regarding 
‘Impairment of assets’.  

(ii)  Impairment of goodwill 
The Group tests annually whether goodwill has incurred any 
impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in 
Note 1 (xiii) (a). The recoverable amounts of CGUs have been 
determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations 
require the use of assumptions, including forecast earnings before 
interest and tax, growth rates and discount rates. Refer to Note 18 
for details of these assumptions and the potential impact of changes 
to the assumptions. 

The assumptions are management’s best estimates based on current 
and forecast market conditions. Changes in economic and operating 
conditions impacting these assumptions could result in additional 
impairment charges in future periods. Management believes that this 
policy is critical to the consolidated financial statements, particularly  

when evaluating the Group’s goodwill for impairment. Varying results 
from this analysis are possible due to the significant estimates and 
judgements involved in the Group’s evaluations. 

(iii)  Income taxes 
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and overseas 
jurisdictions. There are many transactions and calculations 
undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the 
ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises 
liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of 
whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of 
these matters is different from the amounts that were initially 
recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax 
provisions in the period in which such determination is made.  
In addition, deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent it  
is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the assets can be utilised. The Group’s assumptions regarding future 
realisation may change due to future operating performance and 
other factors. 

(iv)  Environmental and restructuring provisions 
Provisions for environmental and restructuring / redundancy liabilities 
are based on the Group’s best estimate of the outflow of resources 
required to settle commitments made by the Group. Where the 
outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were 
initially recorded, such differences will impact the Consolidated 
Income Statement in the period in which such determination is made. 
Refer Note 1 (xvii) (a) & Note 1 (xvii) (f) to the consolidated financial 
statements for further details of the accounting policy relating to 
environmental and restructuring provisions. Also refer to Note 23 for 
amounts recognised for environmental and restructuring provisions. 

(v)  Retirement benefit obligations 
A liability or asset in respect of defined benefit superannuation and 
pension plans is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position, and is measured as the present value of the 
defined benefit obligation at the reporting date plus unrecognised 
actuarial gains (less unrecognised actuarial losses) less the fair value 
of the superannuation fund’s assets at that date and any 
unrecognised past service cost. The present value of the defined 
benefit obligation is based on expected future payments which arise 
from membership of the fund to the reporting date, calculated 
annually by independent actuaries. Consideration is given to 
expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee 
departures and periods of service. 

Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the 
reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity 
and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future 
cash outflows.  

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and 
changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity. 
Refer Note 1 (xvii) (d) to the consolidated financial statements for 
further details of the accounting policy relating to retirement benefit 
obligations. Refer Note 25 of the consolidated financial statements for 
details of the key assumptions used in determining the accounting for 
these plans. The following are the main categories of assumptions 
used: 
•  discount rate; 
• 
•  expected return on plan assets; and 
• 

future salary increases. 

future rate of inflation; 

(vi)  Business combinations 
Fair valuing assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination 
involves making assumptions about the timing of cash inflows and 
outflows, commodity prices, growth assumptions, discount rates and 
cost of debt. Refer to Note 28 for details of acquisitions made during 
the period. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

55 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

3.   Segment report 

(a) 

Identification of reportable segments 

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group’s 
Executive Team in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources. 

The operating segments are identified by management and are based on the market and region in which product is sold. 
Discrete financial information about each of these operating businesses is reported to the Executive Team on at least a  
monthly basis. 

(b)  Description of operating segments 

Fertilisers: 
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF): manufactures and distributes fertilisers in Eastern Australia. The products that IPF manufactures 
include Single Super Phosphate, Urea and Ammonia. IPF also imports products from overseas suppliers and purchases 
Ammonium Phosphates from Southern Cross International for resale. 

Southern Cross International (SCI): manufactures Ammonium Phosphates, is a distributor of its manufactured fertiliser product to 
wholesalers in Australia (including IPF) and the export market.  SCI also has a 65% share of the Hong Kong marketing company, 
Quantum Fertilisers Limited and operates an Industrial Chemicals business. 

Fertilisers Elimination (Elim): represents the elimination of profit in stock arising from SCI sales to IPF.  

Explosives: 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA): principal activity is the manufacture and sale of industrial explosives and related products and 
services to the mining, quarrying and construction industries in the Americas (USA, Canada, Mexico and Chile) and Turkey,  
and the manufacture and sale of Agricultural chemicals. 

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP): principal activity is the manufacture and sale of industrial explosives and related products  
and services to the mining industry in the Asia Pacific region. 

Explosives Eliminations (Elim): represents eliminations of profit in stock arising from DNA sales to DNAP. 

(c)  Accounting policies and inter-segment transactions 

Corporate (Corp): 
Corporate costs include all head office expenses that cannot be directly attributed to the operation of any of the  
Group's businesses. 

Inter-entity sales are recognised based on an arm’s length transfer price.  The price aims to reflect what the business  
operation could achieve if they sold their output and services to external parties.    

56 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

3.   Segment report (continued) 

(d)  Reportable segments 

30 September 2011

IPF
$mill

SCI
$mill

Elim
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers
$mill

Sales to external customers 

1,185.5 

1,238.6 

(193.8)

2,230.3

DNAP
$mill

533.1 

DNA
$mill

Elim
$mill

Total 
Explosives
$mill

Corp/Group 
Elim
$mill

Consolidated 
Group
$mill

1,172.5 

(27.5)

1,678.1

(2.1)

3,906.3 

Share of profits in associates and joint 
ventures accounted for by the equity 
method

Earnings before interest, related income 
tax expense, depreciation and 
amortisation and individually material 
items

Depreciation and amortisation

Earnings before interest, related income 
tax expense and individually material 
items

Net interest expense
Income tax expense

Profit after tax (excluding individually 
material items)

Non-controlling interest
Individually material items
Profit after tax  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

12.1 

12.1 

 -  

24.2

 -  

24.2

156.0 
(27.2)

353.3 
(29.4)

(3.7)
 -  

505.6
(56.6)

215.3 
(19.9)

244.3 
(70.5)

(0.4)
 -  

459.2
(90.4)

(44.5)
(1.2)

920.3
(148.2)

128.8

323.9

(3.7)

449.0

195.4

173.8

(0.4)

368.8

(45.7)

772.1
(58.2)
(179.7)

534.2
(4.1)
(66.9)
463.2

30 September 2010

IPF
$mill

SCI
$mill

Elim
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers
$mill

Sales to external customers 

885.9

647.1

(145.4)

1,387.6

DNAP
$mill

499.8

DNA
$mill

Elim
$mill

Total 
Explosives
$mill

Corp/Group 
Elim
$mill

Consolidated 
Group
$mill

1,092.5

(48.2)

1,544.1

 -  

2,931.7

Share of profits in associates and joint 
ventures accounted for by the equity 
method

Earnings before interest, related income 
tax expense, depreciation and 
amortisation and individually material 
items

Depreciation and amortisation

Earnings before interest, related income 
tax expense and individually material 
items

Net interest expense
Income tax expense

Profit after tax (excluding individually 
material items)

Non-controlling interest
Individually material items
Profit after tax  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

12.9

17.6

 -  

30.5

 -  

30.5

141.6
(29.2)

236.9
(14.3)

(0.6)
 -  

377.9
(43.5)

196.0
(20.0)

236.5
(73.3)

1.5
 -  

434.0
(93.3)

(24.6)
(2.2)

787.3
(139.0)

112.4

222.6

(0.6)

334.4

176.0

163.2

1.5

340.7

(26.8)

648.3
(53.0)
(150.8)

444.5
(1.7)
(32.3)
410.5

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the year ended 30 September 2011 

3.   Segment report (continued) 

(e)  Geographical information – secondary reporting segments 

The Group operates in four principal countries being Australia (country of domicile), USA, Canada and Turkey. 

In presenting information on the basis of geographical information, revenue is based on the geographical location of the  
entity making the sale. Assets are based on the geographical location of the assets. 

30 September 2011

Revenue from external customers
Non-current assets other than financial 
instruments and deferred tax assets

Australia
$mill

USA Canada
$mill
$mill

Turkey Other/Elim Consolidated
$mill
$mill

$mill

2,303.6 

811.0 

225.0 

82.9 

483.8 

3,906.3 

3,170.2  2,074.8 

54.8 

129.6 

97.0 

5,526.4 

30 September 2010

Revenue from external customers
Non-current assets other than financial 
instruments and deferred tax assets

Australia
$mill

USA Canada
$mill
$mill

Turkey Other/Elim Consolidated
$mill
$mill

$mill

1,871.8 

770.3 

235.9 

14.8 

38.9 

2,931.7 

2,702.5  2,115.4 

80.0 

153.6 

76.9 

5,128.4 

58 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

4. Revenue and other income

Revenue 
External sales
Total revenue
Financial income
Interest income from external parties
Interest income from jointly controlled entities
Total financial income
Other income
Net foreign exchange gains
Royalty income and management fees
Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Other income 

Gain on Nitromak acquisition

Total other income

Total financial and other income

5. Expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:
Depreciation & Amortisation

depreciation
amortisation

Recoverable amount write-down
property, plant and equipment

Amounts set aside to provide for

impairment loss on trade and other receivables
employee entitlements
environmental liabilities
inventory losses and obsolescence
other provisions
restructuring

Lease payments – operating leases
Net foreign exchange losses
Research and development expense
Defined contribution superannuation expense
Defined benefit superannuation/pension expense

Financial expenses
Unwinding of discount on provisions and other payables
Interest expenses on financial liabilities
Interest expenses on financial liabilities with jointly controlled entities
Total financial expenses

          Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

(34)

(34)
(29)

3,906.3
3,906.3

2,931.7
2,931.7

4.1
0.8
4.9

 -  
20.7
18.0

2.7

 -  

41.4

46.3

2.8
2.5
5.3

0.6
23.8
4.3

0.7

19.0

48.4

53.7

(17)
(18)
(29)

124.7
23.5
148.2

112.1
26.9
139.0

(17),(29)

(23)

(23)
(23)

(25)

(29)

(34)

7.6
7.6

5.9
6.4
7.2
0.9
4.1
15.0
60.3
1.8
7.9
15.8
5.0

25.2
37.8
0.1
63.1

0.7
0.7

1.1
8.3
24.9
1.2
1.8
6.8
55.0
 -  
7.8
11.1
8.0

13.8
44.2
0.3
58.3  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

6.

Individually material items

Profit includes the following revenues / (expenses) whose
disclosure is relevant in explaining the financial performance 
of the Group:

Business restructuring costs - Dyno Nobel Integration(1)

restructuring and other direct costs
employee redundancies and allowances

Total business restructuring 

Business restructuring costs - Manufacturing and Distribution(2)

restructuring and other direct costs
employee redundancies and allowances

Total business restructuring 

Other
    accounting acquisition profit - Nitromak(3)
    asbestos environmental costs at various sites(4)
    loss on sale and impairment of drilling businesses (5)
    profit on sale of property, plant and equipment (6)
Total other

Consolidated

Gross
$mill

Notes

2011

Tax
$mill

Net
$mill

Gross
$mill

2010

Tax
$mill

Net
$mill

(25.9)
(28.3)
(54.2)

(11.9)
(4.4)
(16.3)

 - 
 - 
(41.1)
19.1
(22.0)

10.0
9.4
19.4

3.5
1.2
4.7

 - 
 - 
1.5
 -  
1.5

(15.9)
(18.9)
(34.8)

(8.4)
(3.2)
(11.6)

 -  
 -  
(39.6)
19.1
(20.5)

(7.8)
(16.7)
(24.5)

(18.7)
(8.0)
(26.7)

19.0
(23.2)
 - 
 - 
(4.2)

2.4
5.3
7.7

5.8
2.7
8.5

 - 
6.9
 - 
 - 
6.9

(5.4)
(11.4)
(16.8)

(12.9)
(5.3)
(18.2)

19.0
(16.3)
 - 
 - 
2.7

Individually material items

(9)

(92.5)

25.6

(66.9)

(55.4)

23.1

(32.3)

(1)  Following the acquisition of Dyno Nobel Limited, restructuring and integration expenditure has been incurred including employee 

redundancy costs as well as IT expenditure in creating common networks and collaboration between sites. 

(2)  The impact of the Global Financial Crisis resulted in the Group changing its strategy in how it manages its manufacturing and distribution 
assets. The Group changed from a growth focus to a maintenance focus which has resulted in a restructuring of manufacturing and 
distribution operations leading to redundancies, termination of capital projects and exiting / idling certain sites (Cockle Creek, Geelong, 
Maitland, Port Ewen and Battle Mountain). 

(3)  During 2010, the Group acquired the remaining 50% interest in Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. (Nitromak), making Nitromak a fully 
owned subsidiary. AASB 3 Business Combinations requires that the original 50% investment is revalued to fair value in the Income 
Statement when the Group gained control of Nitromak, which resulted in a gain of $33.4 million, offset by $14.4 million of foreign exchange 
losses, resulting in a net gain of $19.0 million. 

(4)  Environmental costs at various sites, including estimated costs to remediate asbestos identified at some sites. 

(5)  During 2011, the Group sold its 100% ownership interest in the Canadian drilling business DNX Castonguay Inc (Castonguay) for $1.5m. A 
loss on the sale of $35.2m (including foreign exchange losses) was recorded. Additionally, an impairment charge against property, plant 
and equipment of $6.0m was recognised in relation to other drilling businesses. 

(6)  Gain on sale of land. 

60 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

7. Auditor's remuneration

Total remuneration received, or due and receivable, 
by the auditors for:
Audit services
     Auditors of the Group - KPMG Australia
     Auditors of the Group - KPMG Overseas
     Other auditors
Other assurance services - debt issue
Other assurance services

Non audit services
     Auditors of the Group - KPMG Australia

taxation services 
other services

         Consolidated

2011
$000

2010
$000

1,052.9
633.9
62.7
252.0
121.7
2,123.2

7.8
-
7.8
2,131.0

1,092.5
992.7
25.0
231.0
 - 
2,341.2

-
80.1
80.1
2,421.3

From time to time, the auditors provide other services to the Group, which are subject to strict corporate governance procedures adopted 
by the Group which encompass the selection of service providers and the setting of their remuneration. The Board Audit and Risk 
Management Committee must approve individual non audit services provided by KPMG above a value of $100,000, as well as where the 
aggregate amount exceeds $250,000 per annum. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

61 

 
 
    
    
       
       
         
         
    
    
           
           
           
         
           
         
    
    
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

8.

Income tax expense 

Income tax expense

(a)
Current tax
Current year
Over provision in prior years

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total income tax expense

(b) Reconciliation of income tax expense 

and pre-tax accounting profit 

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense attributable to profit before income tax

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010 at 30%)
on profit before income tax
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible / (taxable)
in calculating taxable income:

Research and development incentive
Share-based payments
Participation facility
Valuation allowances
Sundry items

Difference in overseas tax rates
Overprovision in prior years

Income tax expense attributable to profit

(c) Amounts recognised directly in equity
Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period
and not recognised in net profit or loss but directly debited or
charged to equity

Net deferred tax - debited directly to equity

Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

105.4
(0.5)

104.9

49.2

154.1

100.6
(4.1)

96.5

31.2

127.7

621.4

539.9

186.4

162.0

(5.5)
 - 
(15.6)
7.6
(21.4)
151.5
3.1
(0.5)

154.1

(3.5)
0.7
(13.2)
 - 
(16.1)
129.9
1.9
(4.1)

127.7

37.2

37.2

26.1

26.1

62 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

9. Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic earnings per share
   including individually material items
   excluding individually material items
Diluted earnings per share
   including individually material items
   excluding individually material items

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of basic and 
diluted earnings per share (1)

(1) No shares were issued during the year ended 30 September 2011, refer Note 26.

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 

Reconciliation of earnings used in the calculation of basic and diluted 
earnings per share excluding individually material items

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 
Add back individually material items after income tax

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders excluding individually material items

10. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and on hand
Deposits at call
    external

               Consolidated

2011
Cents
per share

2010
Cents
per share

Notes

28.4
32.5

28.4
32.5

25.3
27.3

25.3
27.3

Number

Number

1,628,730,107

1,623,134,164

                Consolidated 

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

463.2

410.5

(6)

(29)

463.2
66.9

530.1

95.5

284.2
379.7

410.5
32.3

442.8

47.9

0.8
48.7  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

63 

 
 
 
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

11. Trade and other receivables

Current
Trade debtors
    external
    jointly controlled entities and associates
Less impairment losses
    external

Sundry debtors / loans
    external
    jointly controlled entities and associates

Non-current
Sundry debtors / loans
    external
    jointly controlled entities and associates
Less impairment losses
    external

12. Inventories

Raw materials and stores at cost
Work in progress at cost
Finished goods

at cost
less provision for inventory losses, obsolescence and net realisable value

Finished goods

13. Other assets

Current
Prepayments
Other

Non-current
Prepayments
Other

         Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

(34)

(33)

(34)

417.1
26.6

(12.2)
431.5

5.0
15.4
20.4
451.9

2.7
13.4

 -  
16.1

52.1
45.0

388.1
(7.3)
380.8
477.9

26.3
4.9
31.2

13.0
4.5
17.5

419.4
24.8

(11.9)
432.3

4.9
0.3
5.2
437.5

3.4
13.8

(1.9)
15.3

51.6
32.5

259.9
(7.8)
252.1
336.2

26.6
9.6
36.2

0.7
1.8
2.5  

64 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

14. Other financial assets

Current
Investments - equity instruments
Derivative financial instruments

cross currency swaps
option contracts
forward exchange contracts

Non-current
Investments - equity instruments
Derivative financial instruments

interest rate swaps
cross currency swaps

         Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

 -  

30.2

35.4
5.4
 - 
40.8

10.1

42.8
 -  
52.9

61.3
 - 
20.1
111.6

 - 

 - 
28.7
28.7

(33)

(33)
(33)

Sensitivity analysis – equity price risk 

All of the equity investments are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange. A 5% increase in the share prices of these equities 
at the reporting date would have increased equity (pre-tax) by $0.5m (2010: $1.5m); an equal decrease would have decreased 
equity (pre-tax) by $0.5m (2010: $1.5m). 

15. Assets classified as held for sale

Land and buildings held for sale
Machinery, plant and equipment held for sale

1.9
4.6
6.5

4.8
4.3
9.1  

Assets classified as held for sale consist of various sites which are either vacant land or sites which the Group has already exited 
or is planning to dispose of within the next 12 months. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

16.  Investments accounted for using the equity method 

Name of Entity 

Principal Activity  

Ownership 
interest 

Country of 
incorporation 

Jointly controlled entities 

Alpha Dyno Nobel Inc 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Boren Explosives Co., Inc. 
Buckley Powder Co. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

IRECO Midwest Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Wampum Hardware Company 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Pepin-IRECO, Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Midland Powder Company  

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Controlled Explosives Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Western Explosives Systems Company 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Newfoundland Hard-Rok Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Dyno Nobel Labrador Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Quantum Explosives Inc. 

Inactive 

Dene Dyno Nobel Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Denesoline Western Explosives Inc. 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

(1)  Refer to footnote description on next page. 
(2)  Refer to footnote description on next page. 
(3)  Refer to footnote description on next page. 

50% 

50% 

51% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

49% 

49% 

49% 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

(1) 

(2)

(3)

66 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

16.  Investments accounted for using the equity method (continued) 

Name of Entity 

  Principal Activity  

Ownership 
interest 

Country of 
incorporation 

Jointly controlled entities (continued) 
Queensland Nitrates Pty Ltd  

Queensland Nitrates Management  
Pty Ltd  

  Production of ammonium nitrate 

  Management services 

DetNet International Limited 

  Distribution of electronic detonators 

DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd 

  Development, manufacture and supply of 

electronic detonators  

DNEX Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V.  

  Mexican investment holding company 

  Distribution of explosives and related products 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

49% 

49% 

Australia 

Australia 

(4) 

(4) 

Ireland 

South Africa 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Explosivos De La Region Lagunera,  
S.A. de C.V. 

Explosivos De La Region  
Central, S.A. de C.V. 

Nitro Explosivos de Ciudad Guzman,  
S.A. de C.V. 

Explosivos Y Servicios Para La 
Construccion, S.A. de C.V. 

  Distribution of explosives and related products 

49% 

Mexico 

  Distribution of explosives and related products 

49% 

Mexico 

  Distribution of explosives and related products 

49% 

Mexico 

Tenaga Kimia Ensign-Bickford Sdn Bhd  
Sasol Dyno Nobel (Pty) Ltd  

  Manufacture of explosive accessories 

  Distribution of detonators 

Associates 

Labrador Maskua Ashini Ltd 
Fabchem China Ltd  

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

  Manufacture of commercial explosives  

Valley Hydraulics Ltd 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Apex Construction Specialities Ltd 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

Innu Namesu Ltd 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

St Lawrence Explosives Inc 

Inactive 

Warex Corporation  

Warex LLC 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

  Delivery of explosives and related products 

50% 

50% 

25% 

30% 

25% 

25% 

25% 

33% 

25% 

25% 

Malaysia 

South Africa 

(4) 

Canada 

Singapore 

(5) 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

USA 

USA 

(1)  Due to the contractual and decision making arrangement between the shareholders of the entities, despite the legal ownership exceeding 

50%, this entity is not considered to be a subsidiary. 

(2)    Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49% of the shares in Qaaqtuq Dyno 

Nobel Inc. However, under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 75% of the profit of Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. 

(3)    Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49% of the shares in Denesoline 

Western Explosives Inc. However, under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 95% of the profit of Denesoline Western 
Explosives Inc. 

(4)  These jointly controlled entities have a 30 June year end. For the purpose of applying the equity method of accounting, the unaudited 

financial information through to 30 September 2011 has been used. 

(5)  Fabchem China Ltd has a 31 March year end. For the purpose of applying the equity method of accounting, the unaudited financial 

information through to 30 September 2011 has been used. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

16.  Investments accounted for using the equity method (continued) 

Summarised financial information of jointly controlled entities and associates:

Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Net assets

Revenue
Net profit

Share of jointly controlled entities and associates' profit:
Share of jointly controlled entities and associates' profit before tax
Share of jointly controlled entities and associates' income tax expense
Share of jointly controlled entities and associates' profit

Carrying amount of investments in jointly controlled entities and associates
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year
Share of net profit from jointly controlled entities and associates
Less: dividends received / receivable
Elimination of profit on transactions with jointly controlled entities and associates
Foreign exchange movement
Carrying amount at end of the financial year

         Consolidated

2011

$mill

2010

$mill

Notes

264.4
297.2
561.6

139.7
81.4
221.1

252.3
280.4
532.7

131.7
95.6
227.3

340.5

305.4

723.3
48.8

796.8
65.6

36.5
(12.3)
24.2

42.4
(11.9)
30.5

256.5
24.2
(8.6)
(2.4)
(12.6)
257.1

254.0
30.5
(17.1)
-
(10.9)
256.5

(29)

(34)

The Group’s share of capital commitments, other expenditures and contingent liabilities are disclosed in Notes 30 and 31. 

68 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
    
    
    
    
      
    
    
        
    
          
      
          
      
        
     
      
        
      
     
          
     
    
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

17. Property, plant and equipment

Consolidated               

At 1 October 2009
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Notes

Year ended 30 September 2010
Opening net book amount
Reclassification from fixed assets classified as held for sale
Additions
Disposals
Acquisition of business
(5)
Depreciation charge
Impairment of assets                                                                             
(5)
Reclassification
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 1 October 2010
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2011

Opening net book amount
Reclassification (to) / from fixed assets classified as held for sale
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation charge
Impairment of assets
Reclassification
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

(5)
(5)

Freehold land and 
buildings

Machinery, plant 
and equipment

Construction in 
progress

$mill

425.1
(128.8)

296.3

296.3
 - 
14.8
(6.7)
6.1
(13.2)
 - 
21.3
(10.3)
308.3

449.4
(141.1)
308.3

308.3
2.9
3.9
(10.0)
(13.1)
 -  
22.9
(2.6)
312.3

$mill

1,347.9
(385.2)

962.7

962.7
0.5
120.3
(8.0)
2.1
(98.9)
(0.7)
20.5
(48.7)
949.8

1,471.1
(521.3)
949.8

949.8
(0.3)
18.8
(23.2)
(111.6)
(7.6)
126.3
(3.0)
949.2

$mill

404.4
 - 

404.4

404.4
 - 
224.2
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
(41.8)
(0.8)
586.0

586.0
 -  
586.0

586.0
 -  
589.5
(1.7)
 -  
 -  
(149.2)
(2.8)
1,021.8

Total

$mill

2,177.4
(514.0)

1,663.4

1,663.4
0.5
359.3
(14.7)
8.2
(112.1)
(0.7)
 - 
(59.8)

1,844.1

2,506.5
(662.4)
1,844.1

1,844.1
2.6
612.2
(34.9)
(124.7)
(7.6)
 - 
(8.4)
2,283.3

At 30 September 2011
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Non-current asset impairment 

461.3
(149.0)
312.3

1,518.7
(569.5)
949.2

1,021.8
 -  
1,021.8

3,001.8
(718.5)
2,283.3

During the year ended 30 September 2011, impairment of property, plant and equipment occurred to the value of $7.6m (2010: 
$0.7m) as a result of the Group’s fixed asset verification procedures, the abandonment of certain assets and assets identified 
where the recoverable amount is less than carrying value. 

Capitalised interest 

During the year ended 30 September 2011 interest of $52.1m (2010: $25.2m) was capitalised relating to interest bearing liabilities 
used specifically to fund qualifying assets (expansion projects) as defined under AASB123 Borrowing Costs.  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

69 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

18. Intangible assets

Consolidated

At 1 October 2009
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Notes

Software
$mill

Goodwill
$mill

Patents, 
Trademarks 
& Customer 
Contracts

Brand 
Names

$mill

$mill

Total
$mill

59.9
(22.5)
37.4

2,649.3
 - 
2,649.3

235.1
(24.2)
210.9

255.4
 - 
255.4

3,199.7
(46.7)
3,153.0

Year ended 30 September 2010
Opening net book amount
Acquisition of business
Additions
Amortisation charge                                                                                 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

37.4
0.2
3.8
(9.2)
(2.3)
29.9

(5)

At 1 October 2010
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

60.4
(30.5)
29.9

Year ended 30 September 2011
Opening net book amount
Additions
Amortisation charge                                                                                 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

29.9
5.2
(7.3)
(0.2)
27.6

(5)

At 30 September 2011
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

65.3
(37.7)
27.6

2,649.3
157.4
2.0
 - 
(247.8)
2,560.9

2,560.9
 - 
2,560.9

2,560.9
 -  
 -  
(44.3)
2,516.6

2,516.6
 -  
2,516.6

210.9
1.1
 - 
(17.7)
(13.5)
180.8

255.4
4.0
 - 
 - 
(21.0)
238.4

3,153.0
162.7
5.8
(26.9)
(284.6)
3,010.0

220.6
(39.8)
180.8

238.4
 - 
238.4

3,080.3
(70.3)
3,010.0

180.8
 -  
(16.2)
(2.1)
162.5

238.4
 -  
 -  
(2.8)
235.6

3,010.0
5.2
(23.5)
(49.4)
2,942.3

218.3
(55.8)
162.5

235.6
 -  
235.6

3,035.8
(93.5)
2,942.3  

70 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
                                                                                                          
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

18.   Intangible assets (continued) 

(a) Allocation of goodwill 
The Group’s indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to CGU’s as follows:  

IPF

SCI

DNAP

DNA

Nitromak

Goodwill

2011
$mill
183.8

1.9

1,091.0

1,119.8

120.1
2,516.6

Total Goodwill

Brand 
Names

2011
$mill
-

-

2011
$mill
183.8

1.9

40.3

1,131.3

192.3

1,312.1

3.0

235.6

123.1
2,752.2

Brand 
Names

2010
$mill
 -  

 -  

Total

2010
$mill
183.8

1.9

40.3 1,138.7

194.1 1,320.6

4.0

154.3

238.4 2,799.3  

2010
$mill
183.8

1.9

1,098.4

1,126.5

150.3
2,560.9

(b) Impairment testing 
The carrying amount of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually at 30 September and 
all other assets are tested when there is an indicator that an asset may be impaired. If an asset is deemed to be impaired it is 
written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in 
use. Value-in-use is calculated using cash flow projections based on financial forecasts for a period of five years as approved by 
management. 

(c) Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 
Key assumptions used to test for impairment, include: 

IPF

SCI

DNAP

DNA

Nitromak

       Terminal Growth Rate              Discount Rate*

2011
%
0.0

0.0

2.5

2.5

2.5

2010
%
0.0

0.0

2.5

2.5

2.5

2011
%
9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

15.5

2010
%
9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

15.5

* The post-tax discount rate used reflects underlying cost of capital adjusted for market risk.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

71 

 
 
            
            
         
       
           
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

19. Deferred tax assets

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Impairment of trade and other receivables
Employee entitlements provision
Retirement benefit obligations
Restructuring and rationalisation provision
Environmental provision
Other provisions
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Foreign exchange losses
Share issue expenses
Cash flow hedges
Unfavourable supplier contracts
Tax losses
Other
Deferred tax assets

Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

0.5
15.4
37.1
5.3
23.9
13.9
3.4
32.5
3.3
 - 
0.2
105.0
44.3
23.9
308.7

8.0
10.8
28.5
3.9
28.0
10.9
3.5
33.3
13.8
1.1
0.5
128.7
69.9
23.2
364.1

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions                                                               

(24)

(264.0)

(190.2)

Net deferred tax assets

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 October
Charged to the Income Statement
Credited / (charged) to equity
Foreign exchange movement
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Closing balance at 30 September

44.7

173.9

364.1
(65.6)
18.0
(1.4)
(6.4)
308.7

490.5
(115.2)
(26.1)
20.0
(5.1)
364.1

72 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

20. Trade and other payables

Current
Trade creditors
external

    jointly controlled entities and associates

Sundry creditors and accrued charges

external

    jointly controlled entities and associates
unfavourable sales / supplier contracts

Non-current
Sundry creditors and accrued charges

external
unfavourable sales / supplier contracts

              Consolidated

Notes

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

(34)

(34)

625.6
4.5
630.1

176.3
0.1
68.6
245.0
875.1

0.6
281.3
281.9

475.1
1.6
476.7

171.5
 - 
49.3
220.8
697.5

 - 
378.3
378.3  

Unfavourable contracts 
Unfavourable contracts were recognised as part of the Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd acquisition in 2006 and the Dyno Nobel 
Limited acquisition in 2008. The liability is measured at acquisition date based on the unfavourable difference between the market 
rate and contractual rate with suppliers and customers and multiplying it by the volumes required to be purchased / supplied that 
are specified in the contracts. Where contract terms are greater than one year, cash flows are discounted by applying a pre-tax 
interest rate equivalent to the Group’s cost of debt. The liability is amortised based on contracted volumes determined in 
measuring the liability at acquisition date over the life of the contracts. 

Amortisation of the Moranbah unfavourable customer contracts recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement for the year 
ended 30 September 2011 was $67.9m (2010: $75.7m). 

Significant terms and conditions 
Trade creditors, including expenditures not yet billed, are recognised when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments 
as a result of a purchase of goods or services. Trade payables are normally settled within 62 days from invoice date, month end 
or within the agreed payment terms with the supplier. 

Net fair values 
The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade creditors and other payables approximate their net fair values. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

73 

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

21. Interest bearing liabilities

Current
Secured

bank loans

participation facilities
inventory finance facility

lease liability

Unsecured

bank loans 
other loans

jointly controlled entities and associates (1)

Non-current

Secured

bank loans

participation facilities

lease liability

Unsecured

fixed interest rate bonds

        bank loans

bank facility

              Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

77.0
 - 
 - 

75.5
10.3
0.2

9.6

12.5

(33)

9.1
95.7

10.0
108.5

114.1
0.1

179.5
1.7

1,358.6

804.7

(33)

 - 
1,472.8

51.4
1,037.3

(1) Loans from jointly controlled entities and associates relate to unsecured loans from joint venture Wampum Hardware Co. 

During the year, the Group undertook a number of financing activities: 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

In December 2010 the Group completed a US$500.0m 5 year bond issuance in the US 144A / Regulation S debt capital 
market. The bond is denominated in USD, has a fixed rate semi-annual coupon of 4% and matures in December 2015. The 
proceeds of this funding are being used to reduce future reliance on bank funding. 
The Bank Facility was renegotiated for a further 3 year term with the Group choosing to reduce the limit from $1,080.0m to 
$900.0m. The facility now matures in April 2014. 
The Group chose to cancel the Inventory Finance Facility. 
A number of uncommitted trade finance facilities were negotiated on behalf of the Group’s 65% owned subsidiary, Quantum 
Fertilisers. These facilities are fully guaranteed by Incitec Pivot. 
An uncommitted overdraft and guarantee facility was negotiated for the Group’s wholly owned North American businesses. 

Significant terms and conditions 
Interest expense is recognised progressively over the life of the facilities. 

Fixed Interest Rate Bonds  
The Group has on issue the following Fixed Interest Rate Bonds in the US 144A / Regulation S debt capital market: 

US$800.0m 10 year bond denominated in USD, with a fixed rate semi-annual coupon of 6%, maturing in December 2019. 
- 
US$500.0m 5 year bond denominated in USD, with a fixed rate semi-annual coupon of 4%, maturing in December 2015.  
- 
During December 2010 the Group entered into a 5 year US$500.0m Interest Rate Swap to receive fixed interest and pay floating 
interest. In January 2011 the Group entered into a 8.5 year US$300.0m Interest Rate Swap, which started in June 2011, to 
receive fixed interest and pay floating interest. 

Bank Facility 
The Bank Facility was a 3 year revolving facility that could be drawn in either AUD or USD. It had a facility limit of A$1,080.0m 
(2009: A$1,680.0m) with a maturity date of 4 October 2011. The Bank Facility was cancelled during the year and replaced by a 
new A$900.0m 3 year Bank Facility, maturing in April 2014. The terms and conditions of the new facility are principally the same 
as the previous agreement.  

Participation Facilities 
The Participation Facilities mature in June 2013 and September 2014. The carrying amount of the facilities is A$191.1m and is 
secured against certain assets operated by Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd. The facilities are denominated in AUD and have 
fixed nominal interest rates of 8.93% and 9.63% respectively for the term of the facilities. 

Inventory Finance Facility 
The Inventory Finance Facility was cancelled during the year at the Group’s request. 

74 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

22. Other financial liabilities

Current
Derivative financial instruments

commodity contracts
forward exchange contracts

Non-Current
Derivative financial instruments

cross currency swaps

23. Provisions

Current
Employee entitlements
Restructuring and rationalisation
Environmental
Asset retirement obligation
Other 

Non-current
Employee entitlements
Restructuring and rationalisation
Environmental
Asset retirement obligation
Other 

Aggregate employee entitlements
Current
Non-current

              Consolidated

Notes

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

(33)
(33)

 -  
0.6
0.6

2.9
2.9

27.6
21.7
41.0
2.4
5.6
98.3

12.2
2.1
31.6
16.9
1.0
63.8

27.6
12.2
39.8

1.7
 - 
1.7

 - 
 -   

24.5
13.4
34.6
1.4
8.7
82.6

13.1
4.0
51.3
13.5
0.7
82.6

24.5
13.1
37.6  

The present value of the Group’s employee entitlements not expected to be settled within twelve months of reporting date have 
been calculated using the following assumptions: 

Assumed rate of increase in wage and salary rates
Average discount rate (risk free rate)
Settlement term 

Employees at year end
Full time equivalent

3.5% + age based scale
4.87%
10 years

2011 
Number
4,910

2010 
Number
4,998  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

23. Provisions (continued)

Reconciliations
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of provisions from the beginning to the end of the current financial year are set out 
below.

Consolidated
2011
$mill

Notes

(27)

(5)

(5)

(5)

 - 
151.4
(151.4)
 - 

13.4
15.0
(0.4)
(8.6)
2.0
0.3
21.7

34.6
0.2
(1.9)
(20.2)
28.3
(0.2)
0.2
41.0

1.4
1.0
2.4

8.7
3.2
(6.3)
0.3
(0.3)
5.6

Current Provision - Dividends
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Provisions made during the year
Payments made during the year
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Current Provision - Restructuring and rationalisation
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Payments made during the year
Transfers from non-current
Foreign currency exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Current Provision - Environmental
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Payments made during the year
Transfers from non-current
Disposal of subsidaries
Foreign currency exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Current Provision - Asset retirement obligations
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Transfers from non-current
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Current Provision - Other
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Provisions made during the year
Payments made during the year
Transfers from non-current
Foreign currency exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

See Note 1(xvii) for further details on the provisions noted above. 

76 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

23. Provisions (continued)

Reconciliations (continued)

Non-current Provision - Restructuring and rationalisation
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Transfers to current
Discount unwind
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Non-current Provision - Environmental
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Transfers to current
Discount unwind
Foreign currency exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Non-current Provision - Asset retirement obligations
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Provisions made during the year
Transfers to current
Discount unwind
Foreign currency exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Non-current Provision - Other
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Transfers to current
Foreign currency exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

See Note 1(xvii) for further details on the provisions noted above. 

Consolidated
2011
$mill

Notes

4.0
(2.0)
0.1
2.1

51.3
7.0
(0.2)
(28.3)
2.4
(0.6)
31.6

13.5
1.1
(1.0)
3.4
(0.1)
16.9

0.7
0.9
(0.1)
(0.3)
(0.2)
1.0   

(5)

(5)

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

77 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

24. Deferred tax liabilities

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Foreign exchange (losses) / gains
Provisions
Other
Deferred tax liabilities

Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

2.5
210.7
111.5
10.5
 - 
124.1
459.3

0.7
219.6
116.2
(9.5)
4.4
48.9
380.3

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions                                                                  

(19)

(264.0)

(190.2)

Net deferred tax liabilities

Movements
Opening balance at 1 October
Credited to the Income Statement
Charged to equity
Acquisition of subsidiaries                                                                                 
Foreign exchange movements
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Closing balance at 30 September

195.3

190.1

380.3
(16.4)
55.2
 - 
(3.1)
43.3
459.3

490.6
(84.0)
 - 
0.1
(29.7)
3.3
380.3

78 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

25.  Retirement benefit obligations 

(a) Information on Plans 
The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans to provide benefits for employees and their dependants on retirement, 
disability or death. In the Americas (comprising Canada, USA and Mexico), several defined benefit pension plans are in operation. 
Contributions to the plans are determined by actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit method. 

The Company is the sponsoring employer of the Incitec Pivot Employees Superannuation Fund, a defined benefit superannuation 
fund which consists of a defined contribution section of membership as well as a defined benefit section. The Fund also pays 
pensions to a number of pensioners.  

The key assumptions and amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position are set out below. 

(b) Reconciliation of the present value of the defined benefit obligation 

            Consolidated

Present value of defined benefit obligations at beginning of the year
Current service cost
Past service benefit
Interest cost
Actuarial losses
Contributions by plan participants
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange differences on foreign plans
Present value of defined benefit obligations at end of the year

(c) Reconciliation of the fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year
Expected return on plan assets
Actuarial gains / (losses)
Employer contributions
Contributions by plan participants
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange differences on foreign plans
Fair value of plan assets at end of the year

     Notes

2011
$mill

287.6
6.2
(0.8)
13.4
15.1
1.1
(15.0)
(3.2)
304.4

192.3
13.8
(14.4)
14.5
1.1
(15.0)
(3.2)
189.1

2010
$mill

288.4
7.5
(1.3)
16.2
20.1
1.2
(22.3)
(22.2)
287.6

196.8
14.4
3.2
12.3
1.2
(22.3)
(13.3)
192.3

(d) Reconciliation of assets and liabilities recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Present value of funded defined benefit obligations at end of year
Tax provision
Total value of funded defined benefit obligations at end of year
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Net liability recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at end of year

303.4
1.0
304.4
(189.1)
115.3

286.9
0.7
287.6
(192.3)
95.3

(e) Expense recognised in Consolidated Income Statement

Current service cost
Past service benefit
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Expense recognised in Consolidated Income Statement

6.2
(0.8)
13.4
(13.8)
5.0

7.5
(1.3)
16.2
(14.4)
8.0

(5)

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

79 

 
 
  
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

25.  Retirement benefit obligations (continued) 

(f) Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Actuarial losses (before income tax)

(g) Cumulative amount recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Cumulative amount of actuarial losses (before income tax)

(h) Plan assets
The percentage invested in each asset class at the reporting date:
Equities
Fixed Interest Securities
Property
Other

(i) Fair value of plan assets
The fair value of plan assets includes no amounts relating to:
 - any of the Group's own financial instruments
 - any property occupied by, or other assets used by, the Group

(j) Expected rate of return on plan assets

            Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

29.5

16.9

115.1

85.6

66%
21%
7%
6%

60%
28%
8%
4%

The overall expected rate of return on assets assumption is determined by weighting the expected long-term rate of return for 
each asset class by the target allocation of assets to each class.  The rates of return used for each class are net of 
investment tax and investment fees.

(k) Actual return on plan assets
Actual return on plan assets

(l) Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date
Discount rate (net of tax)
Expected rate of return on plan assets
Future salary increases
Medical cost trend rate
Future inflation

(m) Expected contributions
Expected contributions in year ending 30 September 2012
Expected employer contributions
Expected contribution by plan participants

(n) Historical information

Present value of defined benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets
(Surplus) / Deficit in plan

Experience adjustment - plan liabilities
Experience adjustment - plan assets

(0.6)

10.4

4.2% - 8.0% 4.5% - 8.0%
7.0% - 7.8% 6.0% - 8.0%
2.0% - 5.0% 2.0% - 5.0%
4.0% - 10.0% 4.0% - 8.0%
2.5% - 4.0% 2.5% - 2.8%

13.9
0.4

2008
$mill

287.7

(220.9)

66.8

7.9

(10.9)

2007
$mill

77.2

(79.9)

(2.7)

(4.4)

3.7

2011
$mill
304.4
(189.1)
115.3

7.0
6.2

2010
$mill
287.6
(192.3)
95.3

(2.2)
3.0

2009
$mill

288.4

(196.8)

91.6

3.7

(2.9)

80 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

26.  Issued capital

Share Capital
Ordinary shares authorised and issued - 1,628,730,107 (2010: 1,628,730,107) (1)

 (1) Ordinary shares authorised and issued have no par value. 

                 Consolidated
2010
2011
$mill
$mill

3,265.9
3,265.9

3,265.9
3,265.9

Terms and conditions 
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at 
shareholders’ meetings. 

Shares issued during financial year 
There were no movements in issued and fully paid ordinary shares of the Company during the financial year. 

27. Dividends

Dividends paid or declared in respect of the year ended 30 September were:
Ordinary Shares
    Final dividend of 2.3 cents per share(1), unfranked, paid 18 December 2009
    Interim dividend of 1.8 cents per share(2), unfranked, paid 6 July 2010
    Final dividend of 6.0 cents per share(3), unfranked, paid 17 December 2010
    Interim dividend of 3.3 cents per share(3), unfranked, paid 5 July 2011
Total ordinary share dividends

(1)  Dividends were paid under a Dividend Reinvestment Plan which was fully underwritten. 

(2)  The interim dividend was paid $18.3m in cash and $11.0m by a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. 

(3)  Dividends were paid in cash only during the year. 

         Company

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

 - 
 - 

97.7

53.7

37.1
29.3

 - 

 - 

(23)

151.4

66.4

Subsequent event 
Since the end of the financial year, the directors have determined to pay the following dividend: 

- 

Final dividend of 8.2 cents per share, unfranked, to be paid on 16 December 2011. The total dividend payment will be 
$133.6m. 

Ordinary shares 
The financial effect of this dividend has not been recognised in the consolidated financial statements and will be recognised in 
subsequent consolidated financial statements. 

Franking credits 
Franking credits available to shareholders of the Group amount to $13.8m (2010: $0.2m) at the 30% (2010: 30%) corporate tax 
rate. The final dividend for 2011 is unfranked. Franking credits that will arise from payment of income tax in the year ending 30 
September 2011 have been factored into the franking account balance. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

81 

 
 
           
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

28.  Business combination 

Acquisition of Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. 

(a) Summary of acquisition 
On 31 July 2010, the Group acquired the remaining 50.0% equity in the Turkish joint venture Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. 
(“Nitromak”) for $97.1m, excluding transaction costs. Nitromak manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products 
and services to the mining, quarrying and construction industries. The acquisition accounting for this acquisition was performed on 
a provisional basis in the prior year. 

(b) Purchase consideration 

Consideration paid, satisfied in cash 
Less cash acquired

Total consideration transferred

Fair value of equity interest in Nitromak held before the business combination
Total consideration

Acquisition-related costs

$mill

99.3
(2.2)

97.1

74.8
171.9

0.7

(c) Assets and liabilities acquired 
Since 30 September 2010 the following amendments to the initial fair value of assets and liabilities have been recognised due to 
additional information obtained during the year in relation to the provisional fair values recognised: 

Acquiree's net assets at the acquisition date

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other investments
Property, plant and equipment
Intangibles
 - Customer contracts
 - Brand name
 - Other
Trade payables
Other liabilities
Tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Interest bearing liabilities

Net identifiable assets and liabilities 

Less consideration

Goodwill on acquisition recognised

Nitromak Pre-
acquisition 
Carrying 
Amounts

Initial Fair 
Value 
Adjustments

Provisional 
Fair Value 
at 31 July 
2010

Additional Fair 
Value 
adjustments 
in current year

Final Fair 
Value*

$mill

$mill

$mill

$mill

$mill

2.2
29.3
9.1
0.1
9.9

 -  
 -  
0.2
(12.8)
(4.0)
(1.5)
(0.1)
(1.5)
(12.4)
18.5

 -  
(1.0)
1.2
(0.1)
(1.7)

1.1
4.0
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
(0.1)
 -  
3.4

2.2
28.3
10.3
 -  
8.2

1.1
4.0
0.2
(12.8)
(4.0)
(1.5)
(0.1)
(1.6)
(12.4)
21.9

171.9

150.0

 -  
(6.3)
(0.3)
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
(0.4)
 -  
 -  
(0.4)
 -  
(7.4)

 -  

7.4

2.2
22.0
10.0
 -  
8.2

1.1
4.0
0.2
(12.8)
(4.4)
(1.5)
(0.1)
(2.0)
(12.4)
14.5

171.9

157.4

*Comparative information has been restated to reflect the amendments to provisional asset and liability fair values on acquisition of Nitromak DNX 
Kimya Sanayii A.S. in the prior financial year. 

In 2010 the Group recognised a net $19.0m gain ($33.4m gain net of $14.4m of foreign exchange loss) as a result of measuring 
at fair value its 50% equity interest in Nitromak held before the business combination. The gain is included in other income in the 
Group’s Consolidated Income Statement (and as an individually material item in Note 6) for the year ended 30 September 2010. 

The goodwill recognised on the acquisition is mainly attributable to the skills and technical talent of the acquiree’s workforce and 
the synergies expected to be achieved from integrating the acquiree into the Group’s existing business. 

82 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

29. Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

Reconciliation of cash

Cash at the end of the financial year as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows is 
reconciled to the related items in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as follows:

    Cash and cash equivalents

Reconciliation of profit for the financial year to net cash flows 
from operating activities
Profit for the financial year
Depreciation and amortisation
Write-down of property, plant and equipment
Share of profit on equity accounted investments
Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 
Non-cash share based payment transactions
Unwinding of discount on provisions
Changes in assets and liabilities
        (increase) / decrease in receivables and other operating assets
        (increase) / decrease in inventories
        (increase) / decrease in deferred tax assets
        increase / (decrease) in deferred tax liabilities
        increase / (decrease) in net interest payable
        increase / (decrease) in payables, provisions and other operating liabilities
        increase / (decrease) in income taxes payable
Net cash flows from operating activities

Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

(10)

379.7
379.7

48.7
48.7

(5)
(5)
(16)
(4)

(5)

467.3
148.2
7.6
(24.2)
(18.0)
8.0
25.2

58.6
(146.7)
126.1
(48.0)
5.5
38.0
71.5
719.1

412.2
139.0
0.7
(30.5)
(4.3)
3.9
13.8

(164.1)
69.1
126.7
(93.1)
(17.9)
25.5
47.9
528.9

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

83 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

30. Commitments

a) Capital expenditure commitments

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment contracted but not provided for and payable:

     no later than one year

     later than one, no later than five years

Share of capital expenditure commitments of the jointly controlled entities:

     no later than one year
     later than one, no later than five years

b) Lease commitments

Consolidated

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

119.0

1.3

120.3

331.2

0.6

331.8

11.0
0.4
11.4

 - 
 - 
 - 

Non-cancellable operating lease commitments comprise a number of operating lease arrangements for the provision of certain 
equipment.  These leases have varying durations and expiry dates.  The future minimum rental commitments are as follows:

     no later than one year
     later than one, no later than five years
     later than five years

51.6
110.8
65.7
228.1

50.4
96.5
56.7
203.6

Finance lease commitments comprise a number of finance arrangements for the provision of certain equipment. These leases 
have varying durations and expiry dates. The future minimum rental commitments are as follows:

     no later than one year
     later than one, no later than five years
     Present value of minimum lease payments provided for as a liability

 - 
0.1
0.1

1.6
0.3
1.9

c) Other expenditure commitments

Commitments for payments to suppliers under long-term executory contracts existing at reporting date but not recognised as 
payable include:

     no later than one year
     later than one, no later than five years
     later than five years

116.7
116.4
154.1
387.2

94.1
178.9
168.4
441.4

84 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

31.  Contingent liabilities  

The following contingent liabilities are generally considered remote. However, the directors consider they should  
be disclosed. The directors are of the opinion that provisions are not required. 

Contracts, claims, guarantees and warranties 
(cid:1) 

Under a Deed of Cross Guarantee dated 30 September 2008, entered into in accordance with ASIC 
Class Order 98/1418 (as amended), each company which is party to the Deed has covenanted with the 
Trustee (or the Alternative Trustee as applicable) of the Deed to guarantee the payment of any debts of 
the other companies which are party to the Deed which might arise on the winding up of those 
companies. The entities which are party to the Deed are disclosed in the commentary to Note 37, 
Investments in controlled entities. 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Consolidated Income Statement for the closed group 
are shown in Note 38, Deed of Cross Guarantee. 
The Group has entered into various long-term supply contracts. For some contracts, minimum charges 
are payable regardless of the level of operations, but in all cases the level of operations are expected to 
remain above those that would trigger minimum payments. 
There are a number of legal claims and exposures, which arise from the ordinary course of business. 
There is significant uncertainty as to whether a future liability will arise in respect of these items. The 
amount of liability, if any, which may arise cannot be reliably measured at this time. In the opinion of the 
directors, any further information about these matters would be prejudicial to the interests of the Group. 
There are guarantees relating to certain leases of property, plant and equipment and other agreements 
arising in the ordinary course of business. 
Contracts of sale covering companies and businesses, which were divested in current and prior years 
include normal commercial warranties and indemnities to the purchasers. The Group is not aware of  
any material exposure under these warranties and indemnities. 
From time to time, the Group is subject to claims for damages arising from products and services 
supplied by the Group in the normal course of business. Controlled entities have received advice of 
claims relating to alleged failure to supply products and services suitable for particular applications.  
The claims in the entities concerned are considered to be either immaterial or the entity is defending  
the claim with no expected financial disadvantage. No specific disclosure is considered necessary. 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

Environmental 
I  General  

The Group has identified a number of sites as requiring environmental clean up and review. Appropriate 
implementation of clean up requirements is ongoing. In accordance with current accounting policy (see  
Note 1 (xvii)), provisions have been created for all known environmental liabilities that can be reliably estimated. 
While the directors believe that, based upon current information, the current provisions are appropriate, there can 
be no assurance that new information or regulatory requirements with respect to known sites or the identification  
of new remedial obligations at other sites will not require additional future provisions for environmental remediation 
and such provisions could be material. 

II  Environmental matters subject to voluntary requirements with regulatory authority 

For sites where the requirements have been assessed and are capable of reliable measurement, estimated 
regulatory and remediation costs have been capitalised, expensed as incurred or provided for in accordance  
with the accounting policy included in Note 1 (xvii).  

Taxation  
Consistent with other companies of the size of Incitec Pivot Limited, the Group is subject to periodic information requests, 
investigations and audit activities by the Australian Taxation Office. Provisions for such matters will be recognised if a 
present obligation in relation to a taxation liability exists which can be reliably estimated. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

32.  Financial risk management  

Overview 
The Group has exposure to the following financial risks: 
•  Market risk (foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity and equity price risk) 
•  Liquidity risk 
•  Credit risk 
This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, as well as the Group’s objectives, 
policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks. 

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management 
framework. The Board established the Board Audit and Risk Management Committee (BARMC), which is responsible 
for, amongst other things, the monitoring of the Group’s risk management plans. The BARMC reports regularly to the 
Board of Directors on its activities. 

The Group’s financial risk management policies establish a framework for identifying, analysing and managing the 
financial risks faced by the Group. These policies set appropriate financial risk limits and controls, identify permitted 
derivative instruments and provide guidance on how financial risks and adherence to limits are to be monitored and 
reported. 

Financial risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain appropriate given 
changes in market conditions and/or the Group’s activities.  

The BARMC oversees how management monitors compliance with the Group’s risk management policies and 
procedures and reviews the adequacy of the risk management framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group.  
The BARMC is assisted in its oversight role by the Group’s internal audit function. The internal audit function involves 
both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to  
the BARMC. 

(a)  Market risk 

Market risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices will 
affect the Group’s income, cash flows and/or value of its holdings of derivative instruments. The objective of market risk 
management is to manage market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return on risk. To 
achieve this objective, an “insurance based” approach is often taken whereby the Group will pay a premium to limit the 
impact of unfavourable market movements while allowing at least partial participation in favourable movements.  

For some market risks, primarily commodity price risks, there is either no specific derivative market available or the 
derivative market is illiquid and expensive. In some cases, derivative markets exist but contain unacceptable levels of 
basis risk (the risk that the change in price of a hedge may not match the change in price of the item it hedges). In  
these circumstances, the Group chooses not to hedge these exposures using derivatives. 

Further details of the Group’s financial risk management structures are outlined below, including information as to 
whether hedge accounting has been applied. 

i.  Foreign exchange risk - transactional 

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange movements on sales and purchases denominated, either directly or indirectly, 
in foreign currency (primarily in United States dollars). Where these exposures are significant, and cannot be eliminated 
by varying contract terms or other business arrangements, formal hedging strategies are implemented within Board 
approved policy. The formal hedging strategies involve collating and consolidating exposure levels centrally by Treasury, 
and hedging specific transactions, after taking into account offsetting exposures, by entering into derivative contracts with 
highly rated financial institutions. The Group’s principal transactional foreign exchange risks can be split into two main 
categories: contractual exposures and forecast exposures. 

86 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

32.  Financial risk management (continued) 

(a)  Market risk (continued) 

i.  Foreign exchange risk – transactional (continued) 

Contractual exposures: As the Group both imports and exports fertilisers and raw materials in foreign currency, its 
profitability is impacted by foreign exchange movements. Timing differences between receipts and payments of foreign 
currency are managed using foreign exchange swaps. Where there is a net excess or shortfall of foreign currency, 
forward foreign exchange contracts (FEC’s) are taken out to hedge those exposures. The Group applies hedge 
accounting for these derivatives. The table below shows the outstanding FEC’s as at 30 September 2011: 

Term 

Weighted average strike rate  

              AUD mill                 AUD mill 

             Forward FX contract  

Buy USD / Sell AUD 

Buy AUD / Sell USD 

Buy EUR / Sell AUD 

Buy GBP / Sell AUD 

2011 

1.0366  

1.0170 

0.7195 

-  

2010 

 0.9020  

 0.9576  

 0.6822  

 0.5988  

2011 

2010 

213.1 

               94.9  

2.2 

5.7 

- 

               1.9  

                 1.6  

                 0.2  

Forecast exposures: The profitability of Southern Cross International and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers is impacted by foreign 
exchange movements due to the manufacturing inputs (gas, electricity, labour) being denominated in Australian dollars, 
whilst the manufactured outputs (phosphate based fertilisers, urea and ammonia) are sold either in United States dollars 
or in Australian dollars based on an import parity formula impacted by the rate of exchange. 

The amount of anticipated future sales is forecast in light of plant capacities, current conditions in both domestic and 
international agricultural and industrial markets, commitments from customers and historical seasonal impacts. Policies 
approved by the Board of Directors limit the percentage of forecast sales that can be hedged with the percentage 
reducing as the time horizon increases. 

The Group has entered into a series of FEC’s to Sell USD / Buy AUD, to protect a portion of the Group’s forecast 
exposure. The market value of these FEC’s is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at year end.  
Any movement in the market value from contract price to year end price is recorded in the Cash-flow Hedge Reserve in 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Favourable outcomes on the hedge will occur when the AUD 
appreciates.  As FEC contracts do not offer participation when the AUD depreciates, options and collar contracts are 
entered into occasionally to allow some participation.  

The table below summarises the outstanding FEC and foreign currency option contracts taken out to hedge sales of the 
output of Southern Cross International and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers at 30 September: 

Term 

USD/AUD  
exercise price 

Weighted average 
AUD/USD strike rate 

2011 

2010 

2011 

2010 

Buy AUD / Sell USD 

0.9793 

Buy USD / Sell CAD 

Buy EUR / Sell AUD 

Purchased average rate 
AUD call/ USD put, not later 
than one year 

- 

- 

- 

0.8719 

1.0367 

0.7100 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.0200 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Contract 
amounts  
AUD mill 

2011 

687.2 

- 

- 

2010 

462.2 

50.0 

0.4 

365.0 

- 

From time to time, the Group may look to reduce premium costs by transacting collars or selling floors against existing 
bought positions. Board approved policies prevent the Group from selling naked options. No sold options existed at 
reporting date. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

32.  Financial risk management (continued) 

(a)  Market risk (continued) 

i.  Foreign exchange risk – transactional (continued) 

The following sensitivity is based on the unhedged transactional foreign currency risk exposures in existence at the 
reporting date and is calculated based on name plate capacity, average acheived Fertiliser selling prices and exchange 
rates in 2011. 

Foreign Exchange Sensitivity – Transactional (unhedged) 

USD Fertiliser sales from Australian plants 

ii.  Foreign exchange risk – translational 

USD + 1c 
AUD mill 

USD - 1c 
AUD mill 

2011 

(10.1) 

2011 

10.3 

The Group has foreign operations with non-AUD functional currencies and is, therefore, exposed to translation risk 
resulting from foreign exchange movements which impact on the AUD equivalent value of the foreign operations. 

The Group manages the impact of the translation risk by a combination of borrowing in the same currency as the net 
foreign assets and by using cross currency swaps to create ‘synthetic’ foreign currency debt. The cross currency swaps 
pay and receive floating rates of interest with quarterly or monthly rate resets. The borrowings are generally held within 
the foreign subsidiaries resulting in a reduction in the overall net assets that are translated. The translation movement of 
the Group’s net assets is recognised within the foreign currency translation reserve. The table below summarises the 
cross currency swaps outstanding at 30 September: 

Term 

Receive AUD / Pay USD mill 

2011 

2010 

not later than one year 
later than one year, no later than five 
years 

AUD 482.6 / USD 449.5 

  AUD 488.3 / USD 432.0 

AUD 114.1 / USD 103.0 

 AUD 407.7 / USD 375.0 

The following sensitivity is based on the unhedged translational foreign currency risk exposures in existence at the 
reporting date and is calculated based on 2011 USD denominated earnings before interest and tax at the average 2011 
translation exchange rate. 

Foreign Exchange Sensitivity – Translational (unhedged) 

North American earnings before interest and tax 

iii.  Interest rate risk 

USD + 1c 
AUD mill 

USD - 1c 
AUD mill 

2011 

(1.4) 

2011 

1.4 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on outstanding interest bearing liabilities and investments. The mix of 
 floating and fixed rate debt is managed within policies determined by the Board of Directors using approved derivative 
instruments. Interest rate risk is managed by entering into interest rate contracts in order to balance the Group’s fixed 
and variable interest rate mix. 

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long term borrowings in Australian and United States dollars. Of the 
AUD1,568.5m of Interest Bearing Liabilities at the reporting date, AUD834.9m (53%) were exposed to floating  
interest rates.  

88 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

32.  Financial risk management (continued) 

(a)  Market risk (continued) 

iii.  Interest rate risk (continued) 

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposures in existence at the reporting date and  
is calculated based on the variable interest rate borrowings balance at 30 September 2011 and the average variable 
interest rate during the 2011 year. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

Current and non-current borrowings with variable interest rates 

+ 1% 
AUD mill 

- 1% 
AUD mill 

2011 

(8.3) 

2011 

8.3 

iv.  Commodity risk 

The Group is exposed to changes in commodity prices by virtue of its operations. Where possible, the Group manages 
some of that risk by negotiating appropriate contractual terms with its suppliers and customers.  

Natural gas represents a significant raw material cost for the Group’s ammonia and nitrogen based manufacturing. In 
order to manage the price risk associated with natural gas in Australia, the Group has entered into long term fixed price 
contracts for the supply of gas. In the United States, the Group aims, where possible, to mitigate some of its exposure to 
natural gas price risk by entering into contracts with its customers which pass on the risk of natural gas price movements. 
For longer term contracts that do not include a gas price pass through clause, the Group will typically manage its gas 
price risk by entering into a fixed price derivative that matches the term of the customer contract (see the table below for 
a list of contracts outstanding as at 30 September 2011). On occasion the Group has used fixed price derivatives during 
the year for managing its short term gas price risk for periods shorter than one year. 

The table below summarises the fixed price derivatives outstanding as at 30 September 2011: 

Contract 
Contract 
Contract 
Contract 
Contract 
Contract 

Months 
hedged 

3 
3 
3 
15 
3 
3 

Monthly  
volume (mmbtu) 
135,000 
90,000 
30,000 
75,000 
60,000 
30,000 

Fixed  
rate USD 
6.32 
4.46 
4.36 
5.68 
4.29 
4.03 

The Group is exposed to price volatility on the commodities it sells. These exposures can be categorised into three  
main areas: ammonium nitrate, ammonium phosphate and urea. 

The Group aims to manage its price risk exposure to ammonium nitrate by entering into long term contracts with its 
customers with fixed sales prices that are adjusted for changes to input costs such as natural gas and for movements 
in CPI. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

32.  Financial risk management (continued) 

(a)  Market risk (continued) 

iv.  Commodity risk (continued) 

The market for ammonium phosphates and urea is generally based on spot prices with minimal ability to contract for 
longer terms. For these commodities, no deep and liquid derivative market is available. The following table details the 
Group’s profit sensitivity to price movements for these commodities, based on plant name plate capacity. 

Fertiliser Price Sensitivity 

Middle East Granular Urea (MEGU) FOB/t 

Diammonium Phosphate (DAP) Tampa FOB/t 

(1)  Maximum production capacity of the plant 

v.  Equity price risk 

+ USD10 
AUD mill 

- USD10 
AUD mill 

Name plate  
Tonnes (1) 

2011 

4.5 

10.4 

2011 

(4.5) 

(10.4) 

405,000 

950,000 

The Group is exposed to equity price risk on securities held on investments. These securities are not held for trading  
as it is the Group’s objective to hold these in the long term for strategic purposes. Refer to Note 14. 

(b)  Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s 
approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that there are sufficient committed funding facilities available to meet the 
Group’s financial commitments in a timely manner. The Group’s forecast liquidity requirements are continually 
reassessed based on regular forecasting of capital requirements including stress testing of critical assumptions such  
as input costs, sales prices, production volumes, exchange rates and capital expenditure. 

Typically, the Group aims to hold a minimum liquidity buffer of AUD500.0m in undrawn committed funding at all times 
to meet any unforeseen cashflow requirements including unplanned reduction in revenue, business disruption and 
unplanned capital expenditure. This excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably  
be predicted, such as natural disasters. The Group maintains the following committed lines of credit: 
(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

An unsecured Bank facility agreement of AUD900.0m for 3 years, maturing April 2014. This is a multi-
currency facility drawable in AUD and USD with interest payable at BBSY/LIBOR plus a margin. This 
facility is revolving in nature whereby repayment can be redrawn at the Group’s discretion. 
A USD800.0m 10 year bond completed in the US 144A / Regulation S debt capital market. The bond is 
denominated in USD, has a fixed rate semi-annual coupon of 6.00% and matures in December 2019. 
A USD500.0m 5 year bond completed in the US 144A / Regulation S debt capital market. The bond is 
denominated in USD, has a fixed rate semi-annual coupon of 4.00% and matures in December 2015. 
A participation facility of AUD144.3m (amortising) maturing in June 2013. The carrying amount of the 
facility is secured against certain assets operated by Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd. The facility is 
denominated in AUD and has a fixed nominal interest rate of 8.93% for the term of the facility. 
A second participation facility of AUD46.8m (amortising) maturing in September 2014. The carrying 
amount of the facility is secured against certain assets operated by Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd. 
The facility is denominated in AUD and has a fixed nominal interest rate of 9.63% for the term of the 
facility. 

At reporting date, the Group has committed undrawn lines of AUD900.0m and cash of AUD379.7m. 

90 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

32.  Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)  Liquidity risk (continued) 
Capital risk management 
The key objectives of the Group when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and 
maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. “Capital” is considered to be all sources of 
funding, whether debt or equity. Management also aims to maintain a capital and funding structure that optimises the 
cost of capital available to the Group over the long term. 

The key objectives include: 
(cid:1)  Maintaining an investment grade credit profile and the requisite financial metrics; 
(cid:1) 

Securing access to diversified sources of debt funding with a spread of maturity dates and sufficient 
undrawn committed facility capacity; and 

(cid:1)  Optimising over the long term, and to the extent practicable, the Weighted Average Cost of Capital 

(WACC) to reduce the cost of capital to the Group while maintaining financial flexibility. 

In order to optimise the capital structure, management may alter the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return 
capital to shareholders, issue new shares, vary discretionary capital expenditure, draw down additional debt or sell 
assets to reduce debt in line with the strategic objectives and operating plans of the Group. 

Various financial ratios and internal targets are assessed and reported to the Board on a regular basis by management 
to monitor and support the key objectives set out above. These ratios and targets include: Gearing ratio, Gross debt to 
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) and Interest cover. 

Debt covenants relating to the Bank facility (AUD900.0m) have been measured and are within the debt covenant targets 
for the year ended 30 September 2011. 

The Group self-insures for certain insurance risks under the Australian Reform Act 2011 and the Singapore Insurance 
Act. Under these Acts, authorised general insurer, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited (the Group’s self-insurance company),  
is required to maintain a minimum amount of capital. For the financial year ended 30 September 2011, Coltivi Insurance 
Pte Limited maintained capital in excess of the minimum requirements prescribed under these Acts. 

(c)  Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations. The major exposure to credit risk arises from trade receivables, which have been recognised in 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position net of any impairment losses, and from derivative financial instruments. 

Trade and other receivables 

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. 
The demographics of the Group’s customer base, including the default risk of the industry and country in which 
customers currently operate, have an influence on credit risk. Credit risk on sales to overseas customers is usually 
negated by way of entering into irrevocable letters of credit with financial institutions or by asking customers to pay 
in advance. 

The Group has a credit policy under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the 
Group enters into any sales transaction on an open credit account with standard payment, delivery terms and conditions 
of sale. The creditworthiness review includes analysing the financial information provided by the customer, where 
applicable, and reports from external ratings agencies. Based on this analysis, credit limits are established for each 
customer, which represent the projected highest level of exposure, at any one point in time, which a customer may 
reach. These limits are reviewed annually for all customers with a limit greater than AUD0.5m and on an as needed basis 
if an increase is required. Customers that fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness, or who are in breach of 
their credit limits, may transact only on a “Cash Before Delivery” basis. 

The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents its estimate of probable losses in respect of trade 
and other receivables.  

Financial Instruments 

The Group limits its exposure to credit risk created by investing in financial instruments by only investing in liquid 
securities and only with counterparties that have a credit rating of at least “A”. In practice, financial instruments are 
usually dealt with financial institutions with a stronger rating than “A”. Currently all financial instruments held are with 
financial institutions with a long term rating of “A+” or better. 

The credit risk exposure arising from derivative financial instruments is the sum of all contracts with a positive fair value. 
As at 30 September 2011, the sum of all contracts with a positive fair value was AUD100.8m (2010: AUD110.1m). 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

33.  Financial instruments  

(a)  Foreign exchange risk  
The Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk at reporting date was: 

Consolidated

Trade receivables
Trade payables

Gross statement of financial position 
exposure

Forward exchange contracts

Net exposure

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year: 

Euro
USD

2011
Euro
mill

 - 
4.3

4.3

4.1

0.2

2010
Euro
mill

 - 
 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

2011
USD
mill

5.0
224.1

2010
USD
mill

6.9
76.9

219.1

70.0

218.7

76.9

0.4

(6.9)

Average
rate
2011

0.7357
1.0265

Balance
date spot
rate
2011

0.7212
0.9782

Average
rate
2010

Balance
date spot
rate
2010

0.6648
0.9009

0.7129
0.9689  

Interest rate risk 

(b) 
At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest bearing financial instruments was: 

Variable rate instruments
- Financial liabilities

Fixed rate instruments
- Financial liabilities

             Consolidated
2011
$mill

2010
$mill

834.9

84.2

733.6

1,061.6

Cash flow sensitivities for variable rate instruments 
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased / decreased equity and profit 
and loss by AUD8.3m assuming all the variables were held constant in particular foreign exchange rates.  

(c)  Credit risk 
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was: 

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Forward exchange contracts
Cross currency swaps
Option contracts
Interest rate swaps

92 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

Notes

(11)
(11)
(10)

              Consolidated
2011
$mill

2010
$mill

431.5
36.5
379.7
18.9
33.6
5.4
42.8
948.4

432.3
20.5
48.7
20.1
90.0
 - 
 - 
611.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

33.  Financial instruments (continued) 

(c)  Credit risk (continued) 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by country was: 

Australia
India
Europe
USA
Canada
Asia
Turkey
Other

              Consolidated
2011
$mill

2010
$mill

172.6
43.8
2.3
102.5
46.5
32.2
20.0
11.6
431.5

147.3
91.0
8.9
69.0
65.3
22.3
22.2
6.3
432.3

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by type of customers was: 

Wholesale customer
End user customer

              Consolidated
2011
$mill

2010
$mill

210.1
221.4
431.5

221.0
211.3
432.3

As at the end of September 2011 and September 2010, the Group had no individual debtor’s balance outstanding in 
excess of 10% of the total of the trade receivable balance. 

Impairment losses 
The ageing of the Group’s trade receivables at the reporting date was: 

Current
Past due 0 - 30 days
Past due 31 - 120 days

Total

Gross
2011
$mill

Impairment
2011
$mill

Gross
2010
$mill

Impairment
2010
$mill

355.2
42.0
46.5

443.7

 - 
 - 
12.2

12.2

392.4
27.0
24.8

444.2

 - 
 - 
11.9

11.9

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows: 

               Consolidated
2011
$mill

2010
$mill

Notes

Balance at 1 October
Net impairment losses recognised / (released)
Write-offs recognised during the year
Foreign exchange movements

Balance at 30 September                                                      

(11)

11.9
9.3
(8.4)
(0.6)

12.2

6.8
6.7
(1.7)
0.1

11.9

Based on past experience, the Group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables 
that are not past due. 
The allowance accounts in respect of trade receivables are used to record impairment losses unless the Group is 
satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible. At that point the amount considered irrecoverable is written off 
against the financial asset directly. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

33.  Financial instruments (continued) 

(d)  Liquidity risk – financial liabilities 

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments and excluding the impact of 
netting payments. 

Consolidated

30 September 2011
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Interest payments

Derivative financial liabilities
Forward exchange contracts
Cross currency swaps
Total

30 September 2010
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Interest payments

Derivative financial liabilities
Forward commodity contracts
Total

Carrying    Contractual
amount
$mill

            $mill

cash flows (1)

  6 months

     6 - 12

       1 - 2

       2 - 5

or less (1) months (1)

years (1)

years (1)

 more than 
5 years (1)

        $mill

      $mill

      $mill

      $mill

        $mill

1,568.5
 - 

1,568.5
583.9

50.2
53.4

45.5
60.2

89.1
97.0

547.7
201.5

836.0
171.8

0.6
2.9
1,572.0

0.6
2.9
2,155.9

0.6
 - 
104.2

 - 
 - 
105.7

 - 
(9.0)
177.1

 - 
11.9
761.1

 - 
 - 
1,007.8

1,145.8
 - 

1,145.8
538.0

73.3
51.0

1.7
1,147.5

1.7
1,685.5

0.8
125.1

36.1
42.7

0.6
79.4

115.8
82.7

115.9
170.0

804.7
191.6

0.3
198.8

 - 
285.9

 - 
996.3

(1)  Contractual cash flows are based on exchange rates prevailing at year end. Any subsequent movement in exchange rates will 

impact the cash flow required to settle the obligations where those obligations are in a foreign currency. 

(e)  Liquidity Risk - Cash flow hedges and Net Investment hedges 

Cash flow hedges are mainly used to mitigate the Group’s exposure to commodity price risk, foreign exchange risk and 
interest rate risk. Forward commodity contracts are entered into to manage the price risk associated with the purchase of 
natural gas which is a key raw material input to the production of ammonia and ammonium nitrate. Net investment 
hedges are used to mitigate the Groups’s exposure to foreign exchange risk resulting from controlled entities that have 
functional currencies that are different to the Group’s functional currency. 

Forward currency risk associated with sales and purchases denominated in foreign currency is managed by entering into 
forward contracts, cross currency interest rate swaps and options.  

The following table indicates the periods in which the cash-flows associated with derivatives, that are cash flow hedges 
and net investment hedges, are expected to occur. 

Consolidated

30 September 2011

Cash Flow Hedges

- Assets
- Liabilities

Net Investment Hedges

- Assets
- Liabilities
Total

30 September 2010

Cash Flow Hedges

- Assets
- Liabilities
Net Investment Hedges
- Assets
- Liabilities
Total

Carrying
amount
$mill

Expected
cash flows
$mill

6 months
or less
$mill

6 - 12
months
$mill

1 - 2
years
$mill

8.8
0.8

32.0
2.7
37.3

45.2
 - 

64.9
1.7
108.4

8.8
0.8

32.0
2.7
37.3

45.2
 - 

64.9
1.7
108.4

8.8
0.8

32.0
(0.2)
40.2

45.2
 - 

(9.2)
0.8
35.2

 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 

45.4
0.6
44.8

 - 
 - 

 - 
(9.0)
9.0

 - 
 - 

21.0
0.3
20.7

2 - 5
years
$mill

 - 
 - 

 - 
11.9
(11.9)

 - 
 - 

7.7
 - 
7.7

more
than 5
years
$mill

 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 

94 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

33.  Financial instruments (continued) 

(f)  Fair values 

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, are as 
follows: 

Consolidated

Carrying amount

Fair value Carrying amount

Fair value

Investments - equity instruments
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Cross currency interest rate swaps 
Option and commodity contracts
Forward exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities
Total

2011
$mill

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

2010
$mill

10.1
468.0
379.7
32.5
5.4
(0.6)
42.8
(1,157.0)
(1,568.5)
(1,787.6)

10.1
468.0
379.7
32.5
5.4
(0.6)
42.8
(1,157.0)
(1,648.7)
(1,867.8)

30.2
452.8
48.7
90.0
(1.7)
20.1
 - 
(1,075.8)
(1,145.8)
(1,581.5)

30.2
452.8
48.7
90.0
(1.7)
20.1
 - 
(1,075.8)
(1,173.6)
(1,609.3)

Basis for determining fair value 
The following summarises the significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial 
instruments reflected in the table above. 
Investments in equity securities 
i. 
The fair value of equity instruments is determined based on the quoted bid price at the reporting date. 

ii.  Derivatives 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market price if available. If a listed market price 
is not available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and 
the current forward price.  
The fair value of commodity contracts is based on their listed market price as quoted on the NYMEX if available and  
if a listed market price is not available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the 
contractual price and current market price. 
The fair value of interest rate contracts is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cashflows. 

iii.  Trade and other receivables & Trade and other payables 

The fair value of trade and other receivables, and trade and other payables are estimated as the present value of 
future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. 

iv.  Financial liabilities designated at Fair value through the Income Statement 

Fair value is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the 
market rate of interest at the reporting date.  

Method of discounting 
In calculating the fair values of financial instruments, the present value of all cash flows greater than 1 year are 
discounted. 

Fair Value Hierarchy 
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value by valuation method. The different levels have been 
defined as follows: 
− 
− 

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

− 

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

30 September 2011

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets

Derivative financial liabilities

Level 1
$mill
10.1
 - 
10.1

 - 

 - 

Level 2
$mill
 - 
83.6
83.6

3.5

3.5

Level 3
$mill
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 

 - 

95 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

34.  Related party disclosures  

Subsidiaries 
Interest in subsidiaries is set out in Note 37. 

Jointly controlled entities 
Interest in jointly controlled entities is set out in Note 16. 

Key management personnel 
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in Note 35. 

Transactions between Subsidiaries of the Group and Jointly controlled entities are as follows:  

Sales of goods / services
Purchase of goods / services
Management fees / royalties
Interest income
Interest expense
Dividend income

        Jointly controlled entities (1)

Notes

(4)
(4)
(5)
(16)

2011
$mill
191.5
(44.1)
20.7
0.8
(0.1)
8.6

2010
$mill
219.0
(4.9)
23.8
2.5
(0.3)
17.1

(1) Jointly controlled entities transactions represent amounts which do not eliminate on consolidation. 

Outstanding balances arising from sales / purchases of goods and services with jointly controlled entities are on normal 
current terms and are as follows:  

Amounts owing to related parties
Amounts owing from related parties

Transactions between Jointly controlled entities  

        Jointly controlled entities 

Notes
(20)
(11)

2011
$mill
4.6
42.0

2010
$mill
1.6
25.1

There were no transactions during the year between jointly controlled entities and there are no outstanding balances 
between jointly controlled entities of the IPL Group as at 30 September 2011 (2010: nil). 

96 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

35.  Key management personnel disclosures  

(a) Key management personnel 

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Other long-term benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payments

        Consolidated

2011
$000

15,275
272
285
 -  
2,919
18,751

2010
$000

14,461
304
244
1,003
1,586
17,598

Determination of key management personnel and detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the 
Remuneration Report. 

(b) Loans to key management personnel 

In the year ended 30 September 2011, there were no loans to key management personnel and their related parties 
(2010: nil).   

 (c) Other key management personnel transactions 

The spouse of Mr Fazzino, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm 
PricewaterhouseCoopers from which the Group purchased services of $1,368,886 during the year (2010: $3,338,954).  
Mr Fazzino’s spouse does not directly provide these services. 

These transactions were on terms and conditions no more favourable than those available to other customers, suppliers 
and employees. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

35.  Key management personnel disclosures (continued) 

(d)  Movements in shareholdings of directors and executives 

(1)  Movements in shares in the Company 
The movement during the reporting period in the numbers of shares in the Company held directly, indirectly or 
beneficially, by each key management person, including their related parties, is set out in the table below: 

Non-executive directors - Current
J C Watson

A D McCallum

J Marlay 

A C Larkin

G Smorgon

P Brasher

R J McGrath (1)
Executive directors - Current
J E Fazzino 

Executives - Current
F Micallef (2)

K J Gleeson 

B C Walsh 

J Whiteside 

G Brinkworth 

S Dawson (2)

B Wallace (2)

J Rintel 

S Atkinson (2)

Executives - Former
K Lynch (3)
D Brinker 
A Grace (4)

Year

2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011

2011
2010

2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010

2010

2010
2010

Number of Shares (A)

Opening 
balance

Shares 
acquired 

Shares 
disposed (B)

Closing balance

                -                         -                    100,000 
                -                         -                    100,000 
                -                         -                    216,501 
                -                         -                    216,501 
                -                         -                      37,926 
                     -                      37,926 
                -                         -                        5,000 
                -                         -                        5,000 
                -                         -                               -   
                -                         -                               -   

    100,000 
    100,000 
    216,501 
    216,501 
      37,926 
      37,693                233 
        5,000 
        5,000 
              -   
              -   
              -            20,600 
              -   
           400 

                -                         -                               -   
                -                         -                           400 

                     -                      20,600 

 1,845,420 
 1,845,420 

              1,708,180 
                -   
                -                         -                 1,845,420 

(137,240)

      22,520 
      22,520 
      89,313                258 
    387,600                373 
    429,380 
    429,380 
    300,920 
    300,920 
           292                258 
              -                 292 
      23,857                  10 
      23,429                428 
      57,480 
      57,480 
    117,120 
    117,120 
      22,880 
      22,880 

                           -   

                -   
(22,520)
                -                         -                      22,520 
                     2,891 
(86,680)
(298,660)
                   89,313 
                -   
                 100,360 
(329,020)
                -                         -                    429,380 
                -   
                   58,500 
                -                         -                    300,920 
                     -                           550 
                     -                           292 
                     -                      23,867 
                     -                      23,857 

(242,420)

                           -   

                -   
(57,480)
                -                         -                      57,480 
                -   
                -                         -                    117,120 
(19,500)
                -   
                     3,380 
                -                         -                      22,880 

                           -   

(117,120)

      53,240 

                -   

(53,240)

                           -   

      66,680 
    428,420 

                -   
                -   

(66,680)
(100,000)

                           -   
                 328,420 

(A) 

(B) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Includes fully paid ordinary shares, shares acquired under the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) and shares, treated as 
options, for the purposes of remuneration which have been disclosed in section C of the Remuneration Report and the 
movements disclosed in this Note. Details of the ESOP are set out in Note 36, Share based payments. 
In the case of directors or executives who ceased their directorship or employment during the years ended 30 September 2011 
and 30 September 2010, all shares were treated as disposed as at the relevant date of cessation unless otherwise stated. 
The opening balance represents shares held as at the date of becoming a key management person.  Movements are from 
this date. 
The opening balance in the prior year represents shares held as at the date of becoming a key management person.  Movements 
are from this date. 
On 16 October 2009, Mr Lynch ceased employment with the Company.  In respect of the 53,240 shares, treated as options, 
granted under the LTI performance plan 2007/10, these were forfeited and sold on market, in accordance with the rules of the 
plan on Mr Lynch ceasing employment. 

(4)  With Mr Grace’s role as Moranbah Project Director, Mr Grace’s sole focus was the Project and he ceased to be a member of the 

Executive Team on 30 September 2010. 

98 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

35.  Key management personnel disclosures (continued) 

(d)  Movements in shareholdings of directors and executives (continued)  

(2)  Movements in shares, treated as options, over equity instruments in the Company 
The movement during the reporting period in the number of shares, treated as options, over shares in the Company, for 
the purposes of remuneration, held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each key management person, including their 
related parties, is as follows: 

Executive directors  - Current

J E Fazzino 

Executives  - Current
F Micallef (1)

K J Gleeson 

B C Walsh 

J D Whiteside 

G Brinkworth

S Dawson (2)

B Wallace (3)

J Rintel (4)

S Atkinson (5)

Executives - Former
K Lynch (6)
D Brinker (7)
A Grace (8)

Year

2011
2010

2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010

2010
2010
2010

Number of Shares (treated as options) (A)

Opening 
balance

Granted as 
compensation

Exercised 
(B)

Forfeited (C)

Closing balance  

         137,240 
         610,120 

                    -                   -   
                    -   

(472,880)

(137,240)

                      -   

                   -               137,240 

           22,520 
           22,520 
           86,680 
         385,340 
           96,320 
         428,160 
           67,420 
         299,720 

                  -   
                  -   
                  -   
                  -   

           33,280 
           33,280 
           15,160 
           67,420 
           19,500 
           19,500 

(232,300)

(331,840)

(298,660)

                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -   
                    -                   -   
                    -   
                    -                   -   
                    -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -   
                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   

(52,260)

(22,520)

                      -   

                   -                 22,520 

(86,680)

                      -   

                   -                 86,680 

(96,320)

                      -   

                   -                 96,320 

(67,420)

                      -   

                   -                 67,420 
                   -                          -   
                   -                          -   
                   -                          -   
                   -                          -   
                      -   

(33,280)

                   -                 33,280 

(15,160)

                      -   

                   -                 15,160 

(19,500)

                      -   

                   -                 19,500 

           53,240 
           66,680 
         284,780 

                    -                   -   
                    -                   -   
                    -   

(217,360)

(53,240)

                      -   

                   -                 66,680 
                   -                 67,420 

(A)  Further details of these shares which are treated as options for the purposes of remuneration have been disclosed in section C of 

the Remuneration Report and relate to shares allocated under the LTI plans. 

(B)  Represents where shares, treated as options, previously granted as remuneration, were exercised (by the making of an award) 
during the reporting period. Awards (in the form of waivers of loans) were granted during the year ended 30 September 2010 in 
relation to the LTI performance plan 2006/09. 

(C)  Represents shares, treated as options, that were forfeited and sold on market, in accordance with the rules of the relevant plan. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

35.  Key management personnel disclosures (continued) 

(d)  Movements in shareholdings of directors and executives (continued) 

(2)  Movements in shares, treated as options, over equity instruments in the Company (continued) 

(1)  Mr Micallef’s shares, treated as options, were granted under the LTI performance plan 2007/10 prior to his appointment  

as Chief Financial Officer on 23 October 2009.   

(2)  Mr Dawson became a key management person on 12 November 2009 and he was not a participant in the LTI 

performance plan 2007/10. 

(3)  Mr Wallace’s shares, treated as options, were granted under the LTI performance plan 2007/10 prior to him becoming a 

key management person on 12 November 2009.   

(4)  Mr Rintel’s shares, treated as options, exercised during the 2010 financial year were granted under the LTI performance 

plan 2006/09 and the 15,160 shares, treated as options, were granted under the LTI performance plan 2007/10 prior to his 
appointment as an executive. 

(5)  Mr Atkinson’s shares, treated as options, were granted under the LTI performance plan 2007/10 prior to him becoming a 

key management person on 1 January 2010.   

(6)  On 16 October 2009, Mr Lynch ceased employment with the Company.  In respect of the 53,240 shares, treated as 

options, granted under the LTI performance plan 2007/10, these were forfeited and sold on market, in accordance with the 
rules of the plan on Mr Lynch ceasing employment.   

(7)  On 30 November 2009, Mr Brinker ceased employment with the Group.  In respect of the 66,680 shares, treated as 
options, granted under the LTI performance plan 2007/10, Mr Brinker continued to hold these shares subject to the 
existing holding lock over these shares in accordance with his employment arrangements.   

(8)  With Mr Grace’s role as Moranbah Project Director, Mr Grace’s sole focus was the Project and he ceased to be a member 

of the Executive Team on 30 September 2010. 

100 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

35.  Key management personnel disclosures (continued) 

(d)  Movements in shareholdings of directors and executives (continued) 

(3)  Movements in rights over equity instruments in the Company 
The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over shares in the Company, held directly, indirectly or 
beneficially, by each key management person, including their related parties, is as follows: 

Executive directors 
- Current
J E Fazzino 

Executives 
- Current
F Micallef (1)

K J Gleeson 

B C Walsh 

J D Whiteside 

G Brinkworth

S Dawson (1)

B Wallace (1)

J Rintel 

S Atkinson (1)

- Former
K Lynch (2)
D Brinker (3)
A Grace (4)

Year

2011
2010

2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010
2011
2010

2010

2010

2010

Number of Rights (A)

Opening 
balance

Granted as 
compensation 
(B)

Exercised Forfeited (C)

Closing balance 

         822,482             511,364 
         222,482             600,000 

               -   
               -   

(222,482)

         1,111,364 
                -               822,482 

         266,838             150,000 
           46,838             220,000 
         326,806             135,000 
         128,806             198,000 
         356,515             147,273 
         140,515             216,000 
         267,386             110,455 
         105,386             162,000 
         238,361             110,455 
           98,361             140,000 
         135,071             108,182 
           55,738               79,333 
         281,478             111,528 
         100,984             180,494 
         221,967             130,948 
           81,967             140,000 
         116,171               94,545 
         116,171 

               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
               -   
                    -                   -   

(46,838)

(98,361)

(128,806)

(105,386)

(140,515)

            370,000 
                -               266,838 
            333,000 
                -               326,806 
            363,273 
                -               356,515 
            272,455 
                -               267,386 
            250,455 
                -               238,361 
            187,515 
                -               135,071 
            292,022 
                -               281,478 
            270,948 
                -               221,967 
            163,878 
                -               116,171 

(100,984)

(55,738)

(81,967)

(46,838)

         128,806 

                    -                   -   

(128,806)

                      -   

         207,738 

                    -                   -   

(126,951)

              80,787 

         105,386             162,000 

               -   

                -               267,386 

(A)  Further details of these rights have been disclosed in section C of the Remuneration Report and relate to rights allocated under the 

LTI plans. 

(B)  Represents rights which were acquired during the year by executive directors and executives while they are directors or executives 

of the Group pursuant to the LTI plans, details of which are set out in section C of the Remuneration Report. 

(C)  Represents rights that were forfeited.  Refer to section C of the Remuneration Report for further details. In the case of directors or 
executives who ceased their directorship or employment during the year, all rights, were forfeited as at the relevant date of 
cessation, in accordance with the plan rules, unless otherwise stated. 

(1)  The opening balance in the prior year represents shares held as at the date of becoming a key management person.  Movements 

are from this date. 

(2)  On 16 October 2009, Mr Lynch ceased employment with the Company.  In respect of the 128,806 rights, granted under the LTI 

performance rights plan 2008/11, these were forfeited in accordance with the rules of the plan.  Mr Lynch was not a participant in 
the LTI performance rights plan 2009/12. 

(3)  On 30 November 2009, Mr Brinker ceased employment with the Group.  In respect of the 207,738 entitlements, granted under the 

LTI performance cash plan 2008/11, a portion of Mr Brinker’s entitlements were forfeited in accordance with Mr Brinker’s 
employment arrangements.  Mr Brinker was not a participant in either the LTI performance rights plan 2008/11 or the LTI 
performance rights plan 2009/12. 

(4)  With Mr Grace’s role as Moranbah Project Director, Mr Grace’s sole focus was the Project and he ceased to be a member of the 

Executive Team on 30 September 2010. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

101 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

36.  Share based payments  

(a) Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs) 
The LTIs are designed to link reward with the key performance drivers which underpin sustainable growth in shareholder 
value – which comprises both share price growth and returns to shareholders. The arrangements also support the 
Company’s strategy for retention and motivation of its executives and senior employees. 

Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plans 
During the year, the Company established a LTI performance rights plan under the Long Term Incentive Performance 
Rights Plan rules, being the LTI performance rights plan 2010/13.  The performance period for this plan is from  
1 October 2010 to 30 September 2013. 
The LTI performance rights plan 2010/13 has the following features: 
•  Performance rights: A performance right entitles the participant to be transferred a fully paid ordinary share in the 

Company for no consideration at a later date subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. As no share is issued until 
exercise, performance rights have no dividend entitlement. 

•  Allocation: The decision to grant performance rights and to whom they will be granted is made annually by the Board. 
Grants of performance rights to participants are based on a percentage of the relevant participant’s fixed annual 
remuneration. 

•  Conditions: The performance rights only vest if certain conditions are met, which are approved by the Board.  The 

conditions focus on the performance of IPL and include a condition relating to duration of employment. The 
performance condition is 50% based on Incitec Pivot’s Total Shareholder Return Ranking (TSR Ranking), being the 
performance of IPL’s TSR over the performance period ranked against the TSR that is achieved by companies in IPL’s 
comparator Group (companies in the S&P/ASX 100 index); and 50% based on the compounding annual growth rate of 
Incitec Pivot’s Earnings Per Share (before individually material items) (EPS Growth) over the performance period from 
the base year (financial year ended 30 September 2010) to achieve certain absolute benchmarks.  

In setting two separate performance hurdles with their own associated performance criteria, the Board considered it 
had established an aggressive target to promote behaviour to achieve superior performance. 

TSR Performance Condition 

- 

If, at the end of the relevant performance period Incitec Pivot’s TSR Ranking is: 
below the 50th percentile, none of the TSR performance rights will vest; 
between the 50th and 75th percentile, a percentage between 50% and 100% of the TSR 
performance rights will vest, determined pro rata based on IPL’s TSR Ranking; and 
equal to or above the 75th percentile, all of the TSR performance rights will vest. 

-  

- 

EPS Performance Condition 

If, at the end of the relevant performance period Incitec Pivot’s EPS Growth is: 

- 

-  

below 7% per annum, none of the EPS performance rights will vest; 

equal to or greater than 7% per annum, but less than 15% per annum, a percentage between 50% 
and 100% of the EPS performance rights will vest, determined pro rata based on IPL’s EPS Growth 
over the performance period and where it falls between 7% and 15% per annum; and 

- 

15% per annum or greater, all of the EPS performance rights will vest. 

•  Exercise period: Upon vesting of the performance rights, the participant has a two-year exercise period which 

commences three years after the grant date. This period may be reduced if the participant ceases to be employed by 
the Group. 

• 

Lapse: Performance rights will lapse if the performance conditions are not satisfied during the performance period or, 
in certain circumstances, if a participant ceases to be employed by the Group during the performance period.  
Performance rights will also lapse (and not be able to be exercised and converted into shares) if they are not exercised 
within five years from their grant date. 

Long Term Incentive Performance Cash Plans  
Certain employees and executives based in some jurisdictions, participate in long term incentive performance cash plans 
which are operated by the Group, through its offshore entities.  The LTI performance cash plan 2010/13 is designed to 
deliver a similar benefit to executives and employees on achievement of sustained performance over the relevant three 
year performance period, and with similar conditions as the Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plans. Cash 
payments to employees upon vesting of the plan will be determined with reference to IPL’s share price at the end of the 
performance period. 

102 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

36.  Share based payments (continued) 

(a)  Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs) (continued) 

Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plans – LTI Plans 2008/11 and 2009/12 
The LTI performance rights plan 2008/11 and the LTI performance rights plan 2009/12 have the same features as the  
LTI Plan 2010/13 except for the following: 
(cid:1) 

Conditions: The performance rights only vest if certain conditions are met, which are approved by the 
Board.  The conditions focus on performance of Incitec Pivot and include a condition relating to duration of 
employment. The performance condition is based on Incitec Pivot’s Absolute Total Shareholder Return 
(Absolute TSR), being the percentage increase in the Company’s share price over the three year period 
plus the tax value of dividends paid, assuming the dividends are reinvested in the Company’s shares.  

If, at the end of the relevant performance period Incitec Pivot’s Absolute TSR: 

- 

-  

- 

is equal to or less than 10% per annum compounded over the performance period, none of the performance 
rights will vest; 

is greater than 10% and less than 20% per annum compounded over the performance period, an 
increasing proportion of the performance rights will vest from zero on a straight line basis; and  

is 20% or more per annum compounded over the performance period, all of the performance rights 
will vest. 

Long Term Incentive Performance Cash Plans - LTI Plans 2008/11 and 2009/12 
Certain employees and executives based in some jurisdictions, participate in long term incentive performance cash plans 
which are operated by the Group, through its offshore entities.  The LTI performance cash plan 2008/11 and LTI 
performance cash plan 2009/12 are designed to deliver a similar benefit to executives and employees on achievement of 
sustained performance over the relevant three year performance period, and with similar conditions as the Long Term 
Incentive Performance Rights Plans - LTI Plans 2008/11 and 2009/12, however the plans are settled in cash. Cash 
payments to employees upon vesting of the plan will be determined with reference to IPL’s share price at the end of the 
performance period. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

103 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

36.  Share based payments (continued) 

(a)  Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs) (continued) 

Consolidated - 2011

Grant date

Expiry date

Performance Rights

LTI Rights - 2008/11

LTI Cash - 2008/11

LTI Rights - 2009/12
LTI Cash - 2009/12
LTI Rights - 2010/13 - TSR
LTI Rights - 2010/13 - EPS
LTI Cash - 2010/13 - TSR

19 Dec 08

30 Sep 11

19 Dec 08

30 Sep 11

16 Dec 09
16 Dec 09
23 Dec 10
23 Dec 10
23 Dec 10

30 Sep 12
30 Sep 12
30 Sep 13
30 Sep 13
30 Sep 13

LTI Cash - 2010/13 - EPS

23 Dec 10

30 Sep 13

     Fair Value (1)
$0.30

$1.60

$1.60
$1.60
$2.77
$3.76
$2.77

$3.76

Total - Performance rights

Weighted average fair value

Consolidated - 2010

Balance at 
the start of 
the year

Granted 
during the 
year

Exercised 
during the 
year

Forfeited 
during the 
year

Balance at the 
end of the year

Vested and 
exerciseable at 
the end of the 
year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

2,125,262

933,435

5,315,104
312,039
-
-
-

-

-

-
-
2,338,002
2,338,002
85,635

-

85,635

8,685,840

4,847,274

$1.04

$3.27

-

-

-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-

(83,642)

(94,412)

(180,506)
(77,998)
(80,953)
(80,953)
(26,458)

(26,458)

(651,380)

$1.71

2,041,620

839,023
5,134,598
234,041
2,257,049
2,257,049

59,177

59,177
12,881,734

$1.84

-

-

-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-

Grant date

Expiry date

Balance at 
the start of 
the year

Granted 
during the 
year

Exercised 
during the 
year

Forfeited 
during the 
year

Balance at the 
end of the year

Vested and 
exerciseable at 
the end of the 
year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Shares treated as options

Exercise price

LTI 2006/09

LTI 2007/10

01 Dec 06

12 Nov 07

30 Sep 09

30 Sep 10

$1.21

$4.41

Total - Shares treated as options

Weighted average exercise price

Performance Rights

LTI Rights - 2008/11

LTI Cash - 2008/11

LTI Rights - 2009/12

LTI Cash - 2009/12

Total - Performance rights

Weighted average fair value

19 Dec 08

19 Dec 08

16 Dec 09

16 Dec 09

30 Sep 11

30 Sep 11

30 Sep 12

30 Sep 12

     Fair Value (1)
$0.30

$0.13

$1.60

$1.60

(1) 

Performance rights have a $nil exercise price. 

4,176,600

1,304,000

5,480,600

$1.97

2,389,353

1,148,260

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,388,742

312,039

3,537,613

5,700,781

$0.24

$1.60

(4,176,600)

-

-

(1,304,000)

(4,176,600)

(1,304,000)

$1.21

$4.41

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(264,091)

(214,825)

(73,638)

-

(552,554)

$0.41

2,125,262

933,435

5,315,104

312,039
8,685,840

$1.12

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

104 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
     
                   
                   
         
          
                        
        
                   
                   
         
             
                        
     
                   
                   
       
          
                        
        
                   
                   
         
             
                        
                   
     
                   
         
          
                        
                   
     
                   
         
          
                        
                   
          
                   
         
              
                        
                   
          
                   
         
              
                        
     
     
                   
       
        
                        
                   
                        
     
                   
   
                    
                        
                        
     
                   
                   
    
                        
                        
     
                   
   
    
                        
                        
                   
                        
                        
     
                   
                   
       
          
                        
     
                   
                   
       
             
                        
                   
     
                   
         
          
                        
                   
        
                   
                    
             
                        
     
     
                   
       
          
                        
                   
                        
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

36.  Share based payments (continued) 

(a)  Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs) (continued) 
The weighted average remaining contractual life of shares treated as options and rights outstanding at the end of the 
period was 1.14 years (2010 – 1.65 years). 

Fair value of performance rights granted 
LTI performance rights plan – 2010/13 
In respect of the LTI performance rights plan 2010/13, the assessed fair values at grant date of the rights granted during 
the year for both the TSR performance condition and the EPS performance condition are shown in the table below. The 
fair value at grant date is independently determined using an adjusted form of the Black-Scholes option pricing model that 
takes into account the exercise price, the life of the performance right, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date 
and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term 
of the performance rights. 
The model inputs for these performance rights granted during the year ended 30 September 2011 included: 

Performance rights were granted at $nil per right, have a three year life, and vest after the performance 
hurdles are met for the period 1 October 2010 to 30 September 2013. 

Grant date 

Share price (at grant date) 

Exercise price 

Expected price volatility of the Company’s shares 

Vesting date 

Expected dividends 

Risk-free interest rate (based on Australian Government bonds) 
with approximately three years to maturity (as at 23 December 2010) 

23 Dec 2010 

$3.97 

$nil 

35% pa 

30 Sept 2013 

2.0% pa 

5.25% pa 

Fair value at grant date: LTI Rights - 2010/13 - TSR 

Fair value at grant date: LTI Rights - 2010/13 - EPS 

LTI performance rights plan 2010/13 

$2.77 

$3.76 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

36.  Share based payments (continued) 

(b)  Employee Share Ownership Plan 
The Board established the Incitec Pivot Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) on 28 October 2003. Administration  
of the plan is held with Link Market Services Limited. The Board determines which employees are eligible to receive 
invitations to participate in the ESOP. Invitations are generally made annually to eligible employees on the following basis: 
(cid:1) 
(cid:1) 
(cid:1) 

shares acquired are either newly issued shares or existing shares acquired on market. 
employees are each entitled to acquire shares with a maximum value of $1,000. 
employees salary sacrifice the value of the shares by equal deductions through to 30 June the following 
year. 
employees cannot dispose of the shares for a period of three years from the date of acquisition or until 
they leave their employment with the Company, whichever occurs first. 
employees who leave the Company must salary sacrifice any remaining amount prior to departure. 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

Grant date

Date shares become 
unrestricted

11-Jul-08

6-Nov-09

9-Sep-10

1-Jul-11

11-Jul-10

6-Nov-12

9-Sep-13

1-Jul-14

Number of participants as at

Number of restricted shares held as at

30-Sep-11
-

30-Sep-10
458

387

462

481

413

497

-

30-Sep-11
-

140,520

132,933

122,869

30-Sep-10
45,800

150,218

143,153

-

These shares rank equally with all other fully paid ordinary shares from the date acquired by the employee and are eligible 
for dividends. 

(c)  Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions 
Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognised during the period as part of employee benefit 
expense were as follows: 

Shares, treated as options, and rights issued under the LTI 
performance plans  

             Consolidated 

2011 
$’000 

2010 
$’000 

7,742 

3,921 

Total carrying amount of liabilities for cash settled arrangements 

254 

296 

106 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
                             
                        
                             
                   
                        
                        
                 
                 
                        
                        
                 
                 
                        
                             
                 
                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

37. Investments in controlled entities 

Name of Entity 

Company  

Incitec Pivot Limited 

Controlled Entities - operating 

Incitec Fertilizers Limited 

TOP Australia Ltd 

Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd 

Southern Cross International Pty Ltd 

Incitec Pivot LTI Plan Company Pty Limited 

Incitec Pivot Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited  

Incitec Pivot Explosives Holdings Pty Limited  

TinLinhe Nitrogen Limited  

Quantum Fertilisers Limited  

Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited 

Queensland Operations Pty Limited  

Incitec Pivot Investments 1 Pty Ltd  

Incitec Pivot Investments 2 Pty Ltd  

Incitec Pivot US Investments 

Incitec Pivot US Holdings Pty Ltd 

Incitec Pivot Management LLC 

Incitec Pivot Finance LLC 

Incitec Pivot Finance Australia Pty Ltd 

Te Moana Insurance Limited 

Dyno Nobel Pty Limited 

Dyno Nobel Australia LLC 

Prime Manufacturing Ltd 

The Dyno Nobel SPS LLC 

Dyno Nobel Europe Pty Ltd 

Dyno Nobel Management Pty Limited 

Industrial Investments Australia Finance Pty Limited 

Dyno Nobel Holdings IV LLC 

Dyno Nobel Holdings USA III, Inc. 

Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II 

Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II, Inc. 

Dyno Nobel Holdings USA, Inc.  

1)  Refer to footnote description on next page. 
2)  Refer to footnote description on next page. 

Ownership 
Interest 

Country of 
incorporation 

 2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

65% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

75% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Hong Kong 

Australia 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Singapore 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

USA 

Australia 

USA 

USA 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

USA 

New Zealand 

USA 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

37.  Investments in controlled entities (continued) 

Name of Entity 

Dyno Nobel Inc. 

Dyno Nobel Transportation, Inc.  

Independent Explosives Co. of Penna.   

IR, Inc. 

Simsbury Hopmeadow Street LLC  

Tech Real Estate Holdings LLC  

Tradestar Corporation 

Dyno Nobel Explosivos Chile Limitada  

CMMPM, LLC  

CMMPM Holdings, L.P.  

Dyno Nobel Peru S.A. 

Dyno Nobel Mexico, S.A. de C.V.  

Dyno Nobel Canada Inc.  

Dyno Nobel Transportation Canada Inc. 

Dyno Nobel Nunavut Inc.  

Incitec Pivot Finance Canada Inc. 

Polar Explosives 2000 Inc. 

Polar Explosives Ltd 

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited  

Dampier Nitrogen Pty Ltd 

DNX Australia Pty Ltd 

DNX Papua New Guinea Ltd 

Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty Ltd 

Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited 

Plenty River Ammonia Holdings Pty Ltd 

PT DNX Indonesia 

Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. 

SC Romnitro Explosives Srl. 

DNX-Nitro Industria Kimike Sh.p.k 

In the process of being liquidated. 

1) 
2)  Party to deed of cross guarantee dated 30 September 2008. 

Ownership 
Interest 

Country of 
incorporation 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

99% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

84% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 
100% 

100% 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

Chile 

USA 

USA 

Peru 

Mexico 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

PNG 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Indonesia 

Turkey 

Romania 

Albania 

108 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

38. Deed of Cross Guarantee

                   Closed Group
2011

2010

$mill

 $mill 

Statement of Financial Position
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Current tax assets
Inventories
Assets classified as held for sale
Other assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Retirement benefit obligation
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

Income Statement
Profit / (loss) before income tax
Income tax benefit / (expense)
Profit for the financial year
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial year
Other movements in retained earnings
Dividend paid
Retained profits at the end of the financial year

290.2
236.0
40.8
-
351.2
0.3
8.6
927.1

123.7
4,059.3
138.7
1,630.6
282.6
140.4
13.0
6,388.3
7,315.4

574.0
80.8
63.1
0.6
49.4
767.9

719.1
637.7
2.9
6.9
108.8
43.5
1,518.9
2,286.8
5,028.6

3,265.9
870.9
891.8
5,028.6

12.0
110.3
111.6
15.3
210.6
2.8
7.7
470.3

567.7
2,668.0
52.2
611.0
188.5
149.5
0.4
4,237.3
4,707.6

244.4
88.4
45.5
-
-
378.3

94.0
234.2
-
4.6
30.4
53.8
417.0
795.3
3,912.3

3,265.9
174.5
471.9
3,912.3

574.5
(149.6)
424.9
471.9
146.4
(151.4)
891.8

303.3
(33.6)
269.7
267.9
0.7
(66.4)
471.9

Entities which are party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee dated 30 September 2008, entered into in accordance with 
ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended), are disclosed in Note 37, Investments in controlled entities. Statement of 
Financial Position and Income Statement for this closed group are shown above. During the year the following 
entities were added to the Deed of Cross Guarantee: Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited, Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty 
Ltd, Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited and DNX Australia Pty Ltd. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

109 

 
 
                 
            
                 
          
                   
          
                    
            
                 
          
                     
              
                     
              
                 
          
                 
          
              
       
                 
            
              
          
                 
          
                 
          
                   
              
              
       
              
       
                 
          
                   
            
                   
            
                     
              
                   
              
                 
          
                 
            
                 
          
                     
              
                     
              
                 
            
                   
            
              
          
              
          
              
       
              
       
                 
          
                 
          
              
       
                 
          
               
           
                 
          
                 
          
                 
              
               
           
                 
          
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

39.  Parent entity disclosure 

As at, and throughout, the financial year ending 30 September 2011 the parent company of the Group was Incitec Pivot 
Limited. 

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries 
As at 30 September 2011 the Company’s current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $161.3m. The parent entity is 
part of a Deed of Cross Guarantee with the effect that the Group guarantees debts in respect of all members within the 
Group.  The Group’s forecasted cash flows for the next twelve months indicate that it will be able to meet current liabilities 
as and when they fall due. In addition the Group has undrawn financing facilities of $900.0m at 30 September 2011.  
Further details of the Deed of Cross Guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are disclosed in Note 38. 

Results of the parent entity

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive Income for the period

Financial position of the parent entity at year end

Current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities 
Total liabilities
Net Assets

Total equity of the parent entity comprises
Share capital 
Cash flow hedging reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Fair value reserve
Retained earnings
Total Equity

              Company

2011
$mill

259.0
(90.0)
169.0

797.8
6,259.2

974.0
2,576.6
3,682.6

3,265.9
3.0
4.7
(4.3)
413.3
3,682.6

2010
$mill

78.2
65.6
143.8

420.7
4,515.1

686.5
1,001.5
3,513.6

3,265.9
34.9
46.6
9.8
156.4
3,513.6

Parent entity contingencies 
The directors are of the opinion that Incitec Pivot Limited does not have any contingent liabilities that would require 
disclosure at 30 September 2011.  

Parent entity capital commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Plant and equipment
Contracted but not yet provided for and payable:
Within one year

               Company

2011
$mill

2010
$mill

3.1

6.3

110 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
             
               
              
               
             
             
             
             
          
          
             
             
          
          
          
          
          
          
                 
               
                 
               
                
                 
             
             
          
          
 
 
 
                 
                 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2011 

40.  Events subsequent to reporting date 

Dividends 
Since the end of the financial year, in November 2011, the directors have determined to pay a final dividend of 8.2 cents 
per share on 16 December 2011. This dividend is unfranked. 

Other 
• 

The Commonwealth parliament has recently passed the ‘Clean Energy Future’ legislation. The legislation will 
introduce a carbon pricing scheme and require the Group to purchase and surrender carbon permits in relation to its 
carbon emissions in Australia.  The scheme, anticipated to commence on 1 July 2012, will have a three-year fixed 
price period and subsequently transition to an emissions trading scheme.  It is anticipated that the introduction of a 
carbon pricing scheme will have implications for the Group's Australian operations, particularly its manufacturing 
operations.  The financial impact for the Group cannot be estimated until the Company can assess the effect of the 
industry assistance program to be implemented as part of the ‘Clean Energy Future’ legislation.  However, based on 
the draft regulations regarding the industry assistance program and the Group’s forecast future emissions, the impact 
of the carbon pricing scheme is not, at this stage, anticipated to have a material impact on the future profitability of 
the Group during the fixed price period of the carbon pricing scheme.  As the market price of carbon permits under 
the subsequent emissions trading scheme cannot be predicted and the details of the industry assistance program 
(and its duration) are unknown, the financial impact for the Group cannot be estimated. 

• 

The Group announced on 27 October 2011, a feasibility study into the construction of an ammonium nitrate 
manufacturing plant on the site of its fertiliser facility on Kooragang Island, Newcastle, NSW.  Development of the 
plant would proceed only on meeting the Group’s strict financial hurdles and achieving firm customer commitments, 
regulatory approvals and support from the local and broader communities.  

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, that has affected or may affect the operations of the 
Group, the result of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent years, which has not been covered 
in this report. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Declaration  
on the Financial Statements set out on pages 42 to 111 

I, John Watson, being a director of Incitec Pivot Limited (“the Company”), do hereby state in accordance with a 
resolution of the directors that in the opinion of the directors, 

1. 

(a) 

the financial statements and notes, set out on pages 42 to 111, and the remuneration disclosures 
that are contained in the Remuneration Report on pages 13 to 30 of the Directors’ Report, are in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i) 

giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and the Group as at  
30 September 2011 and of their performance, for the year ended on that date; and 

(ii)  complying with Accounting Standards in Australia (including the Australian Accounting 

Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

(b) 

(c) 

the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in 
Note 1; and 

there are reasonable grounds to believe the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when 
they become due and payable. 

2. 

3. 

There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the controlled entities identified in  
Note 37 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by 
virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between the Company and those subsidiaries pursuant to ASIC 
Class Order 98/1418 (as amended). 

The directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer as required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended  
30 September 2011. 

John Watson, AM 
Chairman 
Dated at Melbourne this 11th day of November 2011 

112 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
113

114

Shareholder Statistics 
As at 11 November 2011 

Distribution of ordinary shareholder and shareholdings

Size of holding

–
–
–
–
–

1
1,001
5,001
10,001
50,001
100,001 and over
Total

1,000
5,000
10,000
50,000
100,000

Number of
holders

Percentage

shares Percentage

Number of

13,520
32,099
10,380
7,565
357
207
64,128

6,653,491
21.08%
93,610,717
50.05%
76,041,078
16.19%
141,658,922
11.80%
0.56%
24,709,970
0.32% 1,286,055,932
100.00% 1,628,730,110

0.41%
5.75%
4.67%
8.70%
1.52%
78.96%
100.00%

Included in the above total are 2,141 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of shares.
The holdings of the 20 largest holders of fully paid ordinary shares represent 74.49% of that class of shares.

Twenty largest ordinary fully paid shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
National Nominees Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 
AMP Life Limited
Cogent Nominees Pty Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 
Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
Cogent Nominees Pty Limited 
UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
Queensland Investment Corporation
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited - A/C 2
Argo Investments Limited
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
INVA Custodian Pty Limited 
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 
Total

Substantial shareholders

The following parties have declared a relevant interest in the number of voting shares at the date of 
giving the notice under Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act. 

Name
National Australia Bank Limited

On-market buy-back

There is no current on-market buy-back.

Number of

shares Percentage
25.51%
15.90%
14.60%
5.41%
2.92%
1.60%
1.50%
1.35%
1.23%
1.16%
0.75%
0.54%
0.39%
0.32%
0.30%
0.24%
0.22%
0.19%
0.18%
0.18%
74.49%

415,488,175
258,993,545
237,839,730
88,179,875
47,500,691
25,982,537
24,421,319
21,985,474
20,053,704
18,934,411
12,163,346
8,847,713
6,412,500
5,234,542
4,828,292
3,895,530
3,521,460
3,163,785
2,968,736
2,859,315
1,213,274,680

Votes / Number of Shares
82,781,517

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

115 

 
 
 
 
Five Year Financial Statistics 

Incitec Pivot Limited and its controlled entities

Sales

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation, net borrowing costs, individually material items and tax 

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding individually material items)

Earnings before net borrowing costs, individually material items and tax (EBIT)

Net borrowing costs (excluding individually material items)
Individually material items before tax
Taxation revenue / (expense)
Operating profit / (loss) after tax and individually material items
Operating profit / (loss) after tax and individually material items attributable to minority interest
Operating profit / (loss) after tax and individually material items attributable to shareholders of 
Incitec Pivot Limited
Individually material items after tax
Operating profit after tax before individually material items (net of tax)
Dividends

Current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Intangibles
Other non-current assets
Total assets
Current borrowings and payables
Current provisions
Non-current borrowings and payables
Non-current provisions
Total liabilities
Net assets
Shareholders’ equity
Equity attributable to minority interests
Total shareholders’ equity

Ordinary Shares (1)
Number of shares on issue at year end (1)
Weighted average number of shares on issue (investor and ordinary) (1)
Earnings / (losses) per share (1)
    before individually material items
    including individually material items

Dividends (declared)
Dividends (paid)
Dividend franking

Share price range –High
Low
Year end

Stockmarket capitalisation at year end
Net tangible assets per share
Profit margin (earnings before net borrowing costs and tax/sales)
Net debt
Gearing (net debt/net debt plus equity)
Interest cover (earnings before net borrowing costs and tax/net 
borrowing costs)
Net capital expenditure on plant and equipment (cash flow)
Net capital expenditure on acquisitions/(disposals) (cash flow)
Return on average shareholders funds
    before individually material items
    including individually material items

2011
$mill
3,906.3

2010(2)
$mill
2,931.7

920.3

(148.2)

772.1

(58.2)
(92.5)
(154.1)
467.3
4.1

463.2

(66.9)
530.1
151.4

1,388.0
2,283.3
257.1
2,942.3
131.2
7,001.9
1,064.9
98.3
2,068.2
63.8
3,295.2
3,706.7
3,701.7
5.0
3,706.7

787.3

(139.0)

648.3

(53.0)
(55.4)
(127.7)
412.2
1.7

410.5

(32.3)
442.8
66.4

979.3
1,844.1
256.5
3,010.0
220.4
6,310.3
832.8
82.6
1,701.0
82.6
2,699.0
3,611.3
3,609.2
2.1
3,611.3

2009
$mill
3,418.9

743.0

(167.3)

575.7

(107.6)
(782.7)
93.2
(221.4)
 -  

(221.4)

(569.2)
347.8
271.0

1,033.9
1,663.4
254.0
3,153.0
485.4
6,589.7
1,081.8
93.4
1,987.4
87.5
3,250.1
3,339.6
3,339.6
 -  
3,339.6

thousands
thousands

1,628,730
1,628,730

thousands

1,628,730

1,628,730
1,628,730

1,623,134

1,612,536
1,612,536

1,541,925

cents
cents

cents
cents
%

$mill
$
%

$mill
%

times

$mill
$mill

%
%

32.5
28.4

11.5
9.3
 -  

$4.66
$2.99
$3.27
5,325.9
0.47

19.8
1,188.8
24.3

13.3

610.4
(1.5)

14.5
12.8

27.3
25.3

7.8
4.1
 -  

$3.78
$2.51
$3.59
5,847.1
0.37

22.1
1,097.1
23.3

12.2

297.3
103.7

12.7
11.9

22.6
(14.4)

4.4
21.6
48

$5.18
$1.74
$2.83
4,563.5
0.12

16.8
1,463.4
30.5

5.4

340.5
2.0

10.7
(6.8)

(1) The number of shares have been restated as a result of the 20:1 share split as approved by shareholders in September 2008.                                                                                                      
(2) Comparative information has been restated to reflect changes made in the financial statements.                                                                                                      

116 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

 
 
 
 
                
                
                
Five Year Financial Statistics 

2008
$mill
2,918.2

1,025.6

(70.3)

955.3

(80.6)
(38.2)
(231.9)
604.6
 -  

604.6

(42.9)
647.5
219.3

1,867.0
1,670.6
311.2
3,962.1
374.5
8,185.4
3,612.3
88.6
1,238.4
90.8
5,030.1
3,155.3
3,155.3
 -  
3,155.3

2007
$mill
1,373.2

348.6

(36.1)

312.5

(28.8)
3.9
(82.4)
205.3
 -  

205.3

2.8
202.5
75.6

909.0
502.1
1.6
193.7
32.9
1,639.3
325.6
31.2
682.8
64.7
1,104.3
535.0
535.0
 -  
535.0

1,217,231
1,217,231

1,008,478
1,008,478

1,069,507

1,008,478

60.5
56.5

29.7
21.8
100

$9.99
$4.11
$5.07
6,171.4
(0.66)

32.7
2,030.3
39.2

11.9

217.6
586.4

35.1
32.8

20.1
20.4

15.0
7.5
100

$4.29
$1.19
$4.28
4,313.3
0.34

22.8
411.7
43.5

10.9

62.9
257.0

44.3
44.9

(1) The number of shares have been restated as a result of the 20:1 share split as approved by shareholders in September 2008.                                                                                                      
(2) Comparative information has been restated to reflect changes made in the financial statements.                                                                                                      

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2011 

117 

 
 
 
            
             
This page has been left blank intentionally. 

 
This page has been left blank intentionally. 

 
This page has been left blank intentionally. 

 
 
Shareholder Information
Annual General Meeting 
2.00 pm Tuesday 20 December 2011 
The Auditorium, 
Level 2, Melbourne Exhibition Centre, 
2 Clarendon Street,  
Southbank Victoria,  
Australia

Securities Exchange Listing 
Incitec Pivot Limited’s shares are listed on the  
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and  
are traded under the code IPL

Share Registry
Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney New South Wales 2000, 
Australia

Locked Bag A14, 
Sydney South New South Wales 1235, 
Australia

Telephone: 1300 303 780  
(for callers within Australia) 
International: +61 2 8280 7765

General Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 
Proxy Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0309 
Email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au 
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Auditor
KPMG 
147 Collins Street, 
Melbourne Victoria 3000,  
Australia

Incitec Pivot Limited
Registered address and head office: 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile: +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

Incitec Pivot Limited
ABN 42 004 080 264

Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

Postal Address 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile:  +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

The paper used for this Annual Report 2011 is Revive Pure 100% Recycled Silk. Revive Pure 100% Recycled Silk is FSC Recycled Certified 
(100% post consumer waste), Certified Carbon Neutral, and the paper manufacture process is chlorine free.